Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
d2912cb1 | 1 | /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ |
f0706e82 | 2 | /* |
3017b80b JB |
3 | * mac80211 <-> driver interface |
4 | * | |
f0706e82 JB |
5 | * Copyright 2002-2005, Devicescape Software, Inc. |
6 | * Copyright 2006-2007 Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> | |
026331c4 | 7 | * Copyright 2007-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
d98ad83e | 8 | * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH |
e38a017b | 9 | * Copyright (C) 2015 - 2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH |
fafd2bce | 10 | * Copyright (C) 2018 - 2019 Intel Corporation |
f0706e82 JB |
11 | */ |
12 | ||
13 | #ifndef MAC80211_H | |
14 | #define MAC80211_H | |
15 | ||
187f1882 | 16 | #include <linux/bug.h> |
f0706e82 JB |
17 | #include <linux/kernel.h> |
18 | #include <linux/if_ether.h> | |
19 | #include <linux/skbuff.h> | |
f0706e82 | 20 | #include <linux/ieee80211.h> |
f0706e82 | 21 | #include <net/cfg80211.h> |
5caa328e | 22 | #include <net/codel.h> |
41cbb0f5 | 23 | #include <net/ieee80211_radiotap.h> |
42d98795 | 24 | #include <asm/unaligned.h> |
f0706e82 | 25 | |
75a5f0cc JB |
26 | /** |
27 | * DOC: Introduction | |
28 | * | |
29 | * mac80211 is the Linux stack for 802.11 hardware that implements | |
30 | * only partial functionality in hard- or firmware. This document | |
31 | * defines the interface between mac80211 and low-level hardware | |
32 | * drivers. | |
33 | */ | |
34 | ||
35 | /** | |
36 | * DOC: Calling mac80211 from interrupts | |
37 | * | |
38 | * Only ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() can be | |
f0706e82 JB |
39 | * called in hardware interrupt context. The low-level driver must not call any |
40 | * other functions in hardware interrupt context. If there is a need for such | |
41 | * call, the low-level driver should first ACK the interrupt and perform the | |
2485f710 JB |
42 | * IEEE 802.11 code call after this, e.g. from a scheduled workqueue or even |
43 | * tasklet function. | |
44 | * | |
45 | * NOTE: If the driver opts to use the _irqsafe() functions, it may not also | |
6ef307bc | 46 | * use the non-IRQ-safe functions! |
f0706e82 JB |
47 | */ |
48 | ||
75a5f0cc JB |
49 | /** |
50 | * DOC: Warning | |
51 | * | |
52 | * If you're reading this document and not the header file itself, it will | |
53 | * be incomplete because not all documentation has been converted yet. | |
54 | */ | |
55 | ||
56 | /** | |
57 | * DOC: Frame format | |
58 | * | |
59 | * As a general rule, when frames are passed between mac80211 and the driver, | |
60 | * they start with the IEEE 802.11 header and include the same octets that are | |
61 | * sent over the air except for the FCS which should be calculated by the | |
62 | * hardware. | |
63 | * | |
64 | * There are, however, various exceptions to this rule for advanced features: | |
65 | * | |
66 | * The first exception is for hardware encryption and decryption offload | |
67 | * where the IV/ICV may or may not be generated in hardware. | |
68 | * | |
69 | * Secondly, when the hardware handles fragmentation, the frame handed to | |
70 | * the driver from mac80211 is the MSDU, not the MPDU. | |
f0706e82 JB |
71 | */ |
72 | ||
42935eca LR |
73 | /** |
74 | * DOC: mac80211 workqueue | |
75 | * | |
76 | * mac80211 provides its own workqueue for drivers and internal mac80211 use. | |
77 | * The workqueue is a single threaded workqueue and can only be accessed by | |
78 | * helpers for sanity checking. Drivers must ensure all work added onto the | |
79 | * mac80211 workqueue should be cancelled on the driver stop() callback. | |
80 | * | |
81 | * mac80211 will flushed the workqueue upon interface removal and during | |
82 | * suspend. | |
83 | * | |
84 | * All work performed on the mac80211 workqueue must not acquire the RTNL lock. | |
85 | * | |
86 | */ | |
87 | ||
ba8c3d6f FF |
88 | /** |
89 | * DOC: mac80211 software tx queueing | |
90 | * | |
91 | * mac80211 provides an optional intermediate queueing implementation designed | |
92 | * to allow the driver to keep hardware queues short and provide some fairness | |
93 | * between different stations/interfaces. | |
94 | * In this model, the driver pulls data frames from the mac80211 queue instead | |
95 | * of letting mac80211 push them via drv_tx(). | |
96 | * Other frames (e.g. control or management) are still pushed using drv_tx(). | |
97 | * | |
98 | * Drivers indicate that they use this model by implementing the .wake_tx_queue | |
99 | * driver operation. | |
100 | * | |
adf8ed01 JB |
101 | * Intermediate queues (struct ieee80211_txq) are kept per-sta per-tid, with |
102 | * another per-sta for non-data/non-mgmt and bufferable management frames, and | |
103 | * a single per-vif queue for multicast data frames. | |
ba8c3d6f FF |
104 | * |
105 | * The driver is expected to initialize its private per-queue data for stations | |
106 | * and interfaces in the .add_interface and .sta_add ops. | |
107 | * | |
18667600 THJ |
108 | * The driver can't access the queue directly. To dequeue a frame from a |
109 | * txq, it calls ieee80211_tx_dequeue(). Whenever mac80211 adds a new frame to a | |
110 | * queue, it calls the .wake_tx_queue driver op. | |
111 | * | |
112 | * Drivers can optionally delegate responsibility for scheduling queues to | |
113 | * mac80211, to take advantage of airtime fairness accounting. In this case, to | |
114 | * obtain the next queue to pull frames from, the driver calls | |
115 | * ieee80211_next_txq(). The driver is then expected to return the txq using | |
116 | * ieee80211_return_txq(). | |
ba8c3d6f FF |
117 | * |
118 | * For AP powersave TIM handling, the driver only needs to indicate if it has | |
119 | * buffered packets in the driver specific data structures by calling | |
120 | * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(). For frames buffered in the ieee80211_txq | |
121 | * struct, mac80211 sets the appropriate TIM PVB bits and calls | |
122 | * .release_buffered_frames(). | |
123 | * In that callback the driver is therefore expected to release its own | |
124 | * buffered frames and afterwards also frames from the ieee80211_txq (obtained | |
125 | * via the usual ieee80211_tx_dequeue). | |
126 | */ | |
127 | ||
313162d0 PG |
128 | struct device; |
129 | ||
e100bb64 JB |
130 | /** |
131 | * enum ieee80211_max_queues - maximum number of queues | |
132 | * | |
133 | * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES: Maximum number of regular device queues. | |
445ea4e8 | 134 | * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP: bitmap with maximum queues set |
e100bb64 JB |
135 | */ |
136 | enum ieee80211_max_queues { | |
3a25a8c8 | 137 | IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES = 16, |
445ea4e8 | 138 | IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP = BIT(IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES) - 1, |
e100bb64 JB |
139 | }; |
140 | ||
3a25a8c8 JB |
141 | #define IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE 0xff |
142 | ||
4bce22b9 JB |
143 | /** |
144 | * enum ieee80211_ac_numbers - AC numbers as used in mac80211 | |
145 | * @IEEE80211_AC_VO: voice | |
146 | * @IEEE80211_AC_VI: video | |
147 | * @IEEE80211_AC_BE: best effort | |
148 | * @IEEE80211_AC_BK: background | |
149 | */ | |
150 | enum ieee80211_ac_numbers { | |
151 | IEEE80211_AC_VO = 0, | |
152 | IEEE80211_AC_VI = 1, | |
153 | IEEE80211_AC_BE = 2, | |
154 | IEEE80211_AC_BK = 3, | |
155 | }; | |
156 | ||
6b301cdf JB |
157 | /** |
158 | * struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params - transmit queue configuration | |
159 | * | |
160 | * The information provided in this structure is required for QoS | |
3330d7be | 161 | * transmit queue configuration. Cf. IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.29. |
6b301cdf | 162 | * |
e37d4dff | 163 | * @aifs: arbitration interframe space [0..255] |
f434b2d1 JB |
164 | * @cw_min: minimum contention window [a value of the form |
165 | * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] | |
6b301cdf | 166 | * @cw_max: maximum contention window [like @cw_min] |
3330d7be | 167 | * @txop: maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled |
908f8d07 | 168 | * @acm: is mandatory admission control required for the access category |
9d173fc5 | 169 | * @uapsd: is U-APSD mode enabled for the queue |
41cbb0f5 LC |
170 | * @mu_edca: is the MU EDCA configured |
171 | * @mu_edca_param_rec: MU EDCA Parameter Record for HE | |
6b301cdf | 172 | */ |
f0706e82 | 173 | struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params { |
f434b2d1 | 174 | u16 txop; |
3330d7be JB |
175 | u16 cw_min; |
176 | u16 cw_max; | |
f434b2d1 | 177 | u8 aifs; |
908f8d07 | 178 | bool acm; |
ab13315a | 179 | bool uapsd; |
41cbb0f5 LC |
180 | bool mu_edca; |
181 | struct ieee80211_he_mu_edca_param_ac_rec mu_edca_param_rec; | |
f0706e82 JB |
182 | }; |
183 | ||
f0706e82 JB |
184 | struct ieee80211_low_level_stats { |
185 | unsigned int dot11ACKFailureCount; | |
186 | unsigned int dot11RTSFailureCount; | |
187 | unsigned int dot11FCSErrorCount; | |
188 | unsigned int dot11RTSSuccessCount; | |
189 | }; | |
190 | ||
d01a1e65 MK |
191 | /** |
192 | * enum ieee80211_chanctx_change - change flag for channel context | |
4bf88530 | 193 | * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH: The channel width changed |
04ecd257 | 194 | * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS: The number of RX chains changed |
164eb02d | 195 | * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR: radar detection flag changed |
73da7d5b SW |
196 | * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL: switched to another operating channel, |
197 | * this is used only with channel switching with CSA | |
21f659bf | 198 | * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH: The min required channel width changed |
d01a1e65 MK |
199 | */ |
200 | enum ieee80211_chanctx_change { | |
4bf88530 | 201 | IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH = BIT(0), |
04ecd257 | 202 | IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS = BIT(1), |
164eb02d | 203 | IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR = BIT(2), |
73da7d5b | 204 | IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(3), |
21f659bf | 205 | IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH = BIT(4), |
d01a1e65 MK |
206 | }; |
207 | ||
208 | /** | |
209 | * struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf - channel context that vifs may be tuned to | |
210 | * | |
211 | * This is the driver-visible part. The ieee80211_chanctx | |
212 | * that contains it is visible in mac80211 only. | |
213 | * | |
4bf88530 | 214 | * @def: the channel definition |
21f659bf | 215 | * @min_def: the minimum channel definition currently required. |
04ecd257 JB |
216 | * @rx_chains_static: The number of RX chains that must always be |
217 | * active on the channel to receive MIMO transmissions | |
218 | * @rx_chains_dynamic: The number of RX chains that must be enabled | |
219 | * after RTS/CTS handshake to receive SMPS MIMO transmissions; | |
5d7fad48 | 220 | * this will always be >= @rx_chains_static. |
164eb02d | 221 | * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled on this channel. |
d01a1e65 MK |
222 | * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to |
223 | * sizeof(void *), size is determined in hw information. | |
224 | */ | |
225 | struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf { | |
4bf88530 | 226 | struct cfg80211_chan_def def; |
21f659bf | 227 | struct cfg80211_chan_def min_def; |
d01a1e65 | 228 | |
04ecd257 JB |
229 | u8 rx_chains_static, rx_chains_dynamic; |
230 | ||
164eb02d SW |
231 | bool radar_enabled; |
232 | ||
1c06ef98 | 233 | u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); |
d01a1e65 MK |
234 | }; |
235 | ||
1a5f0c13 LC |
236 | /** |
237 | * enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode - channel context switch mode | |
238 | * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF: Both old and new contexts already | |
239 | * exist (and will continue to exist), but the virtual interface | |
240 | * needs to be switched from one to the other. | |
241 | * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS: The old context exists but will stop | |
242 | * to exist with this call, the new context doesn't exist but | |
243 | * will be active after this call, the virtual interface switches | |
244 | * from the old to the new (note that the driver may of course | |
245 | * implement this as an on-the-fly chandef switch of the existing | |
246 | * hardware context, but the mac80211 pointer for the old context | |
247 | * will cease to exist and only the new one will later be used | |
248 | * for changes/removal.) | |
249 | */ | |
250 | enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode { | |
251 | CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF, | |
252 | CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS, | |
253 | }; | |
254 | ||
255 | /** | |
256 | * struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch - vif chanctx switch information | |
257 | * | |
258 | * This is structure is used to pass information about a vif that | |
259 | * needs to switch from one chanctx to another. The | |
260 | * &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode defines how the switch should be | |
261 | * done. | |
262 | * | |
263 | * @vif: the vif that should be switched from old_ctx to new_ctx | |
264 | * @old_ctx: the old context to which the vif was assigned | |
265 | * @new_ctx: the new context to which the vif must be assigned | |
266 | */ | |
267 | struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch { | |
268 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif; | |
269 | struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *old_ctx; | |
270 | struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *new_ctx; | |
271 | }; | |
272 | ||
471b3efd JB |
273 | /** |
274 | * enum ieee80211_bss_change - BSS change notification flags | |
275 | * | |
276 | * These flags are used with the bss_info_changed() callback | |
277 | * to indicate which BSS parameter changed. | |
278 | * | |
279 | * @BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC: association status changed (associated/disassociated), | |
280 | * also implies a change in the AID. | |
281 | * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT: CTS protection changed | |
282 | * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE: preamble changed | |
9f1ba906 | 283 | * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT: slot timing changed |
38668c05 | 284 | * @BSS_CHANGED_HT: 802.11n parameters changed |
96dd22ac | 285 | * @BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES: Basic rateset changed |
57c4d7b4 | 286 | * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT: Beacon interval changed |
2d0ddec5 JB |
287 | * @BSS_CHANGED_BSSID: BSSID changed, for whatever |
288 | * reason (IBSS and managed mode) | |
289 | * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON: Beacon data changed, retrieve | |
290 | * new beacon (beaconing modes) | |
291 | * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED: Beaconing should be | |
292 | * enabled/disabled (beaconing modes) | |
a97c13c3 | 293 | * @BSS_CHANGED_CQM: Connection quality monitor config changed |
8fc214ba | 294 | * @BSS_CHANGED_IBSS: IBSS join status changed |
68542962 | 295 | * @BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER: Hardware ARP filter address list or state changed. |
4ced3f74 JB |
296 | * @BSS_CHANGED_QOS: QoS for this association was enabled/disabled. Note |
297 | * that it is only ever disabled for station mode. | |
7da7cc1d | 298 | * @BSS_CHANGED_IDLE: Idle changed for this BSS/interface. |
0ca54f6c | 299 | * @BSS_CHANGED_SSID: SSID changed for this BSS (AP and IBSS mode) |
02945821 | 300 | * @BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response changed for this BSS (AP mode) |
ab095877 | 301 | * @BSS_CHANGED_PS: PS changed for this BSS (STA mode) |
1ea6f9c0 | 302 | * @BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER: TX power setting changed for this interface |
488dd7b5 | 303 | * @BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS: P2P powersave settings (CTWindow, opportunistic PS) |
52cfa1d6 | 304 | * changed |
989c6505 AB |
305 | * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO: Data from the AP's beacon became available: |
306 | * currently dtim_period only is under consideration. | |
2c9b7359 JB |
307 | * @BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH: The bandwidth used by this interface changed, |
308 | * note that this is only called when it changes after the channel | |
309 | * context had been assigned. | |
239281f8 | 310 | * @BSS_CHANGED_OCB: OCB join status changed |
23a1f8d4 | 311 | * @BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS: VHT MU-MIMO group id or user position changed |
e38a017b AS |
312 | * @BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE: keep alive options (idle period or protected |
313 | * keep alive) changed. | |
dcbe73ca | 314 | * @BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE: Multicast Rate setting changed for this interface |
ae4a50ee | 315 | * @BSS_CHANGED_FTM_RESPONDER: fine timing measurement request responder |
bc847970 | 316 | * functionality changed for this BSS (AP mode). |
c9d3245e | 317 | * @BSS_CHANGED_TWT: TWT status changed |
1ced169c | 318 | * @BSS_CHANGED_HE_OBSS_PD: OBSS Packet Detection status changed. |
dcbe73ca | 319 | * |
471b3efd JB |
320 | */ |
321 | enum ieee80211_bss_change { | |
322 | BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC = 1<<0, | |
323 | BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT = 1<<1, | |
324 | BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE = 1<<2, | |
9f1ba906 | 325 | BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT = 1<<3, |
a7ce1c94 | 326 | BSS_CHANGED_HT = 1<<4, |
96dd22ac | 327 | BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES = 1<<5, |
57c4d7b4 | 328 | BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT = 1<<6, |
2d0ddec5 JB |
329 | BSS_CHANGED_BSSID = 1<<7, |
330 | BSS_CHANGED_BEACON = 1<<8, | |
331 | BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED = 1<<9, | |
a97c13c3 | 332 | BSS_CHANGED_CQM = 1<<10, |
8fc214ba | 333 | BSS_CHANGED_IBSS = 1<<11, |
68542962 | 334 | BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER = 1<<12, |
4ced3f74 | 335 | BSS_CHANGED_QOS = 1<<13, |
7da7cc1d | 336 | BSS_CHANGED_IDLE = 1<<14, |
7827493b | 337 | BSS_CHANGED_SSID = 1<<15, |
02945821 | 338 | BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP = 1<<16, |
ab095877 | 339 | BSS_CHANGED_PS = 1<<17, |
1ea6f9c0 | 340 | BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER = 1<<18, |
488dd7b5 | 341 | BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS = 1<<19, |
989c6505 | 342 | BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO = 1<<20, |
2c9b7359 | 343 | BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH = 1<<21, |
239281f8 | 344 | BSS_CHANGED_OCB = 1<<22, |
23a1f8d4 | 345 | BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS = 1<<23, |
e38a017b | 346 | BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE = 1<<24, |
dcbe73ca | 347 | BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE = 1<<25, |
bc847970 | 348 | BSS_CHANGED_FTM_RESPONDER = 1<<26, |
c9d3245e | 349 | BSS_CHANGED_TWT = 1<<27, |
1ced169c | 350 | BSS_CHANGED_HE_OBSS_PD = 1<<28, |
ac8dd506 JB |
351 | |
352 | /* when adding here, make sure to change ieee80211_reconfig */ | |
471b3efd JB |
353 | }; |
354 | ||
68542962 JO |
355 | /* |
356 | * The maximum number of IPv4 addresses listed for ARP filtering. If the number | |
357 | * of addresses for an interface increase beyond this value, hardware ARP | |
358 | * filtering will be disabled. | |
359 | */ | |
360 | #define IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN 4 | |
361 | ||
615f7b9b | 362 | /** |
a8182929 EG |
363 | * enum ieee80211_event_type - event to be notified to the low level driver |
364 | * @RSSI_EVENT: AP's rssi crossed the a threshold set by the driver. | |
a9409093 | 365 | * @MLME_EVENT: event related to MLME |
6382246e | 366 | * @BAR_RX_EVENT: a BAR was received |
b497de63 EG |
367 | * @BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT: Frames were released from the reordering buffer because |
368 | * they timed out. This won't be called for each frame released, but only | |
369 | * once each time the timeout triggers. | |
615f7b9b | 370 | */ |
a8182929 EG |
371 | enum ieee80211_event_type { |
372 | RSSI_EVENT, | |
a9409093 | 373 | MLME_EVENT, |
6382246e | 374 | BAR_RX_EVENT, |
b497de63 | 375 | BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT, |
a8182929 EG |
376 | }; |
377 | ||
378 | /** | |
379 | * enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data - relevant when event type is %RSSI_EVENT | |
380 | * @RSSI_EVENT_HIGH: AP's rssi went below the threshold set by the driver. | |
381 | * @RSSI_EVENT_LOW: AP's rssi went above the threshold set by the driver. | |
382 | */ | |
383 | enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data { | |
615f7b9b MV |
384 | RSSI_EVENT_HIGH, |
385 | RSSI_EVENT_LOW, | |
386 | }; | |
387 | ||
a8182929 | 388 | /** |
a839e463 | 389 | * struct ieee80211_rssi_event - data attached to an %RSSI_EVENT |
a8182929 EG |
390 | * @data: See &enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data |
391 | */ | |
392 | struct ieee80211_rssi_event { | |
393 | enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data data; | |
394 | }; | |
395 | ||
a9409093 EG |
396 | /** |
397 | * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT | |
398 | * @AUTH_EVENT: the MLME operation is authentication | |
d0d1a12f | 399 | * @ASSOC_EVENT: the MLME operation is association |
a90faa9d EG |
400 | * @DEAUTH_RX_EVENT: deauth received.. |
401 | * @DEAUTH_TX_EVENT: deauth sent. | |
a9409093 EG |
402 | */ |
403 | enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data { | |
404 | AUTH_EVENT, | |
d0d1a12f | 405 | ASSOC_EVENT, |
a90faa9d EG |
406 | DEAUTH_RX_EVENT, |
407 | DEAUTH_TX_EVENT, | |
a9409093 EG |
408 | }; |
409 | ||
410 | /** | |
411 | * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT | |
412 | * @MLME_SUCCESS: the MLME operation completed successfully. | |
413 | * @MLME_DENIED: the MLME operation was denied by the peer. | |
414 | * @MLME_TIMEOUT: the MLME operation timed out. | |
415 | */ | |
416 | enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status { | |
417 | MLME_SUCCESS, | |
418 | MLME_DENIED, | |
419 | MLME_TIMEOUT, | |
420 | }; | |
421 | ||
422 | /** | |
a839e463 | 423 | * struct ieee80211_mlme_event - data attached to an %MLME_EVENT |
a9409093 EG |
424 | * @data: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data |
425 | * @status: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status | |
426 | * @reason: the reason code if applicable | |
427 | */ | |
428 | struct ieee80211_mlme_event { | |
429 | enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data data; | |
430 | enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status status; | |
431 | u16 reason; | |
432 | }; | |
433 | ||
6382246e EG |
434 | /** |
435 | * struct ieee80211_ba_event - data attached for BlockAck related events | |
436 | * @sta: pointer to the &ieee80211_sta to which this event relates | |
437 | * @tid: the tid | |
b497de63 | 438 | * @ssn: the starting sequence number (for %BAR_RX_EVENT) |
6382246e EG |
439 | */ |
440 | struct ieee80211_ba_event { | |
441 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta; | |
442 | u16 tid; | |
443 | u16 ssn; | |
444 | }; | |
445 | ||
a8182929 EG |
446 | /** |
447 | * struct ieee80211_event - event to be sent to the driver | |
a839e463 | 448 | * @type: The event itself. See &enum ieee80211_event_type. |
a8182929 | 449 | * @rssi: relevant if &type is %RSSI_EVENT |
a9409093 | 450 | * @mlme: relevant if &type is %AUTH_EVENT |
b497de63 | 451 | * @ba: relevant if &type is %BAR_RX_EVENT or %BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT |
6382246e | 452 | * @u:union holding the fields above |
a8182929 EG |
453 | */ |
454 | struct ieee80211_event { | |
455 | enum ieee80211_event_type type; | |
456 | union { | |
457 | struct ieee80211_rssi_event rssi; | |
a9409093 | 458 | struct ieee80211_mlme_event mlme; |
6382246e | 459 | struct ieee80211_ba_event ba; |
a8182929 EG |
460 | } u; |
461 | }; | |
462 | ||
23a1f8d4 SS |
463 | /** |
464 | * struct ieee80211_mu_group_data - STA's VHT MU-MIMO group data | |
465 | * | |
466 | * This structure describes the group id data of VHT MU-MIMO | |
467 | * | |
468 | * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group | |
469 | * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group | |
470 | */ | |
471 | struct ieee80211_mu_group_data { | |
472 | u8 membership[WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN]; | |
473 | u8 position[WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN]; | |
474 | }; | |
475 | ||
bc847970 | 476 | /** |
3453de98 | 477 | * struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params - FTM responder parameters |
bc847970 PKC |
478 | * |
479 | * @lci: LCI subelement content | |
480 | * @civicloc: CIVIC location subelement content | |
481 | * @lci_len: LCI data length | |
482 | * @civicloc_len: Civic data length | |
483 | */ | |
484 | struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params { | |
485 | const u8 *lci; | |
486 | const u8 *civicloc; | |
487 | size_t lci_len; | |
488 | size_t civicloc_len; | |
489 | }; | |
490 | ||
471b3efd JB |
491 | /** |
492 | * struct ieee80211_bss_conf - holds the BSS's changing parameters | |
493 | * | |
494 | * This structure keeps information about a BSS (and an association | |
495 | * to that BSS) that can change during the lifetime of the BSS. | |
496 | * | |
41cbb0f5 LC |
497 | * @bss_color: 6-bit value to mark inter-BSS frame, if BSS supports HE |
498 | * @htc_trig_based_pkt_ext: default PE in 4us units, if BSS supports HE | |
499 | * @multi_sta_back_32bit: supports BA bitmap of 32-bits in Multi-STA BACK | |
500 | * @uora_exists: is the UORA element advertised by AP | |
501 | * @ack_enabled: indicates support to receive a multi-TID that solicits either | |
502 | * ACK, BACK or both | |
503 | * @uora_ocw_range: UORA element's OCW Range field | |
504 | * @frame_time_rts_th: HE duration RTS threshold, in units of 32us | |
505 | * @he_support: does this BSS support HE | |
55ebd6e6 EG |
506 | * @twt_requester: does this BSS support TWT requester (relevant for managed |
507 | * mode only, set if the AP advertises TWT responder role) | |
a0de1ca3 JC |
508 | * @twt_responder: does this BSS support TWT requester (relevant for managed |
509 | * mode only, set if the AP advertises TWT responder role) | |
471b3efd | 510 | * @assoc: association status |
8fc214ba JB |
511 | * @ibss_joined: indicates whether this station is part of an IBSS |
512 | * or not | |
c13a765b | 513 | * @ibss_creator: indicates if a new IBSS network is being created |
471b3efd JB |
514 | * @aid: association ID number, valid only when @assoc is true |
515 | * @use_cts_prot: use CTS protection | |
ea1b2b45 JB |
516 | * @use_short_preamble: use 802.11b short preamble |
517 | * @use_short_slot: use short slot time (only relevant for ERP) | |
56007a02 | 518 | * @dtim_period: num of beacons before the next DTIM, for beaconing, |
c65dd147 | 519 | * valid in station mode only if after the driver was notified |
989c6505 | 520 | * with the %BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO flag, will be non-zero then. |
8c358bcd | 521 | * @sync_tsf: last beacon's/probe response's TSF timestamp (could be old |
ef429dad JB |
522 | * as it may have been received during scanning long ago). If the |
523 | * HW flag %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY is set, then this can | |
524 | * only come from a beacon, but might not become valid until after | |
525 | * association when a beacon is received (which is notified with the | |
2ecc3905 | 526 | * %BSS_CHANGED_DTIM flag.). See also sync_dtim_count important notice. |
8c358bcd JB |
527 | * @sync_device_ts: the device timestamp corresponding to the sync_tsf, |
528 | * the driver/device can use this to calculate synchronisation | |
2ecc3905 | 529 | * (see @sync_tsf). See also sync_dtim_count important notice. |
ef429dad JB |
530 | * @sync_dtim_count: Only valid when %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY |
531 | * is requested, see @sync_tsf/@sync_device_ts. | |
2ecc3905 AB |
532 | * IMPORTANT: These three sync_* parameters would possibly be out of sync |
533 | * by the time the driver will use them. The synchronized view is currently | |
534 | * guaranteed only in certain callbacks. | |
21c0cbe7 | 535 | * @beacon_int: beacon interval |
98f7dfd8 | 536 | * @assoc_capability: capabilities taken from assoc resp |
96dd22ac JB |
537 | * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates, each bit stands for an |
538 | * index into the rate table configured by the driver in | |
539 | * the current band. | |
817cee76 | 540 | * @beacon_rate: associated AP's beacon TX rate |
dd5b4cc7 | 541 | * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) |
2d0ddec5 JB |
542 | * @bssid: The BSSID for this BSS |
543 | * @enable_beacon: whether beaconing should be enabled or not | |
4bf88530 JB |
544 | * @chandef: Channel definition for this BSS -- the hardware might be |
545 | * configured a higher bandwidth than this BSS uses, for example. | |
23a1f8d4 | 546 | * @mu_group: VHT MU-MIMO group membership data |
074d46d1 | 547 | * @ht_operation_mode: HT operation mode like in &struct ieee80211_ht_operation. |
22f66895 AA |
548 | * This field is only valid when the channel is a wide HT/VHT channel. |
549 | * Note that with TDLS this can be the case (channel is HT, protection must | |
550 | * be used from this field) even when the BSS association isn't using HT. | |
a97c13c3 | 551 | * @cqm_rssi_thold: Connection quality monitor RSSI threshold, a zero value |
e86abc68 JB |
552 | * implies disabled. As with the cfg80211 callback, a change here should |
553 | * cause an event to be sent indicating where the current value is in | |
554 | * relation to the newly configured threshold. | |
2c3c5f8c AZ |
555 | * @cqm_rssi_low: Connection quality monitor RSSI lower threshold, a zero value |
556 | * implies disabled. This is an alternative mechanism to the single | |
557 | * threshold event and can't be enabled simultaneously with it. | |
558 | * @cqm_rssi_high: Connection quality monitor RSSI upper threshold. | |
a97c13c3 | 559 | * @cqm_rssi_hyst: Connection quality monitor RSSI hysteresis |
68542962 JO |
560 | * @arp_addr_list: List of IPv4 addresses for hardware ARP filtering. The |
561 | * may filter ARP queries targeted for other addresses than listed here. | |
562 | * The driver must allow ARP queries targeted for all address listed here | |
563 | * to pass through. An empty list implies no ARP queries need to pass. | |
0f19b41e JB |
564 | * @arp_addr_cnt: Number of addresses currently on the list. Note that this |
565 | * may be larger than %IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN (the arp_addr_list | |
566 | * array size), it's up to the driver what to do in that case. | |
4ced3f74 | 567 | * @qos: This is a QoS-enabled BSS. |
7da7cc1d JB |
568 | * @idle: This interface is idle. There's also a global idle flag in the |
569 | * hardware config which may be more appropriate depending on what | |
570 | * your driver/device needs to do. | |
ab095877 EP |
571 | * @ps: power-save mode (STA only). This flag is NOT affected by |
572 | * offchannel/dynamic_ps operations. | |
0ca54f6c | 573 | * @ssid: The SSID of the current vif. Valid in AP and IBSS mode. |
7827493b AN |
574 | * @ssid_len: Length of SSID given in @ssid. |
575 | * @hidden_ssid: The SSID of the current vif is hidden. Only valid in AP-mode. | |
1ea6f9c0 | 576 | * @txpower: TX power in dBm |
db82d8a9 LB |
577 | * @txpower_type: TX power adjustment used to control per packet Transmit |
578 | * Power Control (TPC) in lower driver for the current vif. In particular | |
579 | * TPC is enabled if value passed in %txpower_type is | |
580 | * NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED (allow using less than specified from | |
581 | * userspace), whereas TPC is disabled if %txpower_type is set to | |
582 | * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED (use value configured from userspace) | |
67baf663 | 583 | * @p2p_noa_attr: P2P NoA attribute for P2P powersave |
52cfa1d6 AB |
584 | * @allow_p2p_go_ps: indication for AP or P2P GO interface, whether it's allowed |
585 | * to use P2P PS mechanism or not. AP/P2P GO is not allowed to use P2P PS | |
586 | * if it has associated clients without P2P PS support. | |
e38a017b AS |
587 | * @max_idle_period: the time period during which the station can refrain from |
588 | * transmitting frames to its associated AP without being disassociated. | |
589 | * In units of 1000 TUs. Zero value indicates that the AP did not include | |
590 | * a (valid) BSS Max Idle Period Element. | |
591 | * @protected_keep_alive: if set, indicates that the station should send an RSN | |
592 | * protected frame to the AP to reset the idle timer at the AP for the | |
593 | * station. | |
bc847970 PKC |
594 | * @ftm_responder: whether to enable or disable fine timing measurement FTM |
595 | * responder functionality. | |
596 | * @ftmr_params: configurable lci/civic parameter when enabling FTM responder. | |
78ac51f8 SS |
597 | * @nontransmitted: this BSS is a nontransmitted BSS profile |
598 | * @transmitter_bssid: the address of transmitter AP | |
599 | * @bssid_index: index inside the multiple BSSID set | |
600 | * @bssid_indicator: 2^bssid_indicator is the maximum number of APs in set | |
601 | * @ema_ap: AP supports enhancements of discovery and advertisement of | |
602 | * nontransmitted BSSIDs | |
603 | * @profile_periodicity: the least number of beacon frames need to be received | |
604 | * in order to discover all the nontransmitted BSSIDs in the set. | |
697f6c50 | 605 | * @he_operation: HE operation information of the AP we are connected to |
1ced169c | 606 | * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection parameters. |
471b3efd JB |
607 | */ |
608 | struct ieee80211_bss_conf { | |
2d0ddec5 | 609 | const u8 *bssid; |
41cbb0f5 LC |
610 | u8 bss_color; |
611 | u8 htc_trig_based_pkt_ext; | |
612 | bool multi_sta_back_32bit; | |
613 | bool uora_exists; | |
614 | bool ack_enabled; | |
615 | u8 uora_ocw_range; | |
616 | u16 frame_time_rts_th; | |
617 | bool he_support; | |
55ebd6e6 | 618 | bool twt_requester; |
a0de1ca3 | 619 | bool twt_responder; |
471b3efd | 620 | /* association related data */ |
8fc214ba | 621 | bool assoc, ibss_joined; |
c13a765b | 622 | bool ibss_creator; |
471b3efd JB |
623 | u16 aid; |
624 | /* erp related data */ | |
625 | bool use_cts_prot; | |
626 | bool use_short_preamble; | |
9f1ba906 | 627 | bool use_short_slot; |
2d0ddec5 | 628 | bool enable_beacon; |
98f7dfd8 | 629 | u8 dtim_period; |
21c0cbe7 TW |
630 | u16 beacon_int; |
631 | u16 assoc_capability; | |
8c358bcd JB |
632 | u64 sync_tsf; |
633 | u32 sync_device_ts; | |
ef429dad | 634 | u8 sync_dtim_count; |
881d948c | 635 | u32 basic_rates; |
817cee76 | 636 | struct ieee80211_rate *beacon_rate; |
57fbcce3 | 637 | int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; |
9ed6bcce | 638 | u16 ht_operation_mode; |
a97c13c3 JO |
639 | s32 cqm_rssi_thold; |
640 | u32 cqm_rssi_hyst; | |
2c3c5f8c AZ |
641 | s32 cqm_rssi_low; |
642 | s32 cqm_rssi_high; | |
4bf88530 | 643 | struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; |
23a1f8d4 | 644 | struct ieee80211_mu_group_data mu_group; |
68542962 | 645 | __be32 arp_addr_list[IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN]; |
0f19b41e | 646 | int arp_addr_cnt; |
4ced3f74 | 647 | bool qos; |
7da7cc1d | 648 | bool idle; |
ab095877 | 649 | bool ps; |
7827493b AN |
650 | u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; |
651 | size_t ssid_len; | |
652 | bool hidden_ssid; | |
1ea6f9c0 | 653 | int txpower; |
db82d8a9 | 654 | enum nl80211_tx_power_setting txpower_type; |
67baf663 | 655 | struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr p2p_noa_attr; |
52cfa1d6 | 656 | bool allow_p2p_go_ps; |
e38a017b AS |
657 | u16 max_idle_period; |
658 | bool protected_keep_alive; | |
bc847970 PKC |
659 | bool ftm_responder; |
660 | struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params *ftmr_params; | |
78ac51f8 SS |
661 | /* Multiple BSSID data */ |
662 | bool nontransmitted; | |
663 | u8 transmitter_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; | |
664 | u8 bssid_index; | |
665 | u8 bssid_indicator; | |
666 | bool ema_ap; | |
667 | u8 profile_periodicity; | |
697f6c50 | 668 | struct ieee80211_he_operation he_operation; |
1ced169c | 669 | struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd; |
471b3efd JB |
670 | }; |
671 | ||
11f4b1ce | 672 | /** |
af61a165 | 673 | * enum mac80211_tx_info_flags - flags to describe transmission information/status |
e039fa4a | 674 | * |
6ef307bc | 675 | * These flags are used with the @flags member of &ieee80211_tx_info. |
e039fa4a | 676 | * |
7351c6bd | 677 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS: require TX status callback for this frame. |
e6a9854b JB |
678 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ: The driver has to assign a sequence |
679 | * number to this frame, taking care of not overwriting the fragment | |
680 | * number and increasing the sequence number only when the | |
681 | * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT flag is set. mac80211 will properly | |
682 | * assign sequence numbers to QoS-data frames but cannot do so correctly | |
683 | * for non-QoS-data and management frames because beacons need them from | |
684 | * that counter as well and mac80211 cannot guarantee proper sequencing. | |
685 | * If this flag is set, the driver should instruct the hardware to | |
686 | * assign a sequence number to the frame or assign one itself. Cf. IEEE | |
687 | * 802.11-2007 7.1.3.4.1 paragraph 3. This flag will always be set for | |
688 | * beacons and always be clear for frames without a sequence number field. | |
e039fa4a | 689 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK: tell the low level not to wait for an ack |
e039fa4a JB |
690 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT: clear powersave filter for destination |
691 | * station | |
e039fa4a | 692 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT: this is a first fragment of the frame |
e039fa4a JB |
693 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM: send this frame after DTIM beacon |
694 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU: this frame should be sent as part of an A-MPDU | |
e6a9854b | 695 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED: Frame was injected, internal to mac80211. |
e039fa4a | 696 | * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED: The frame was not transmitted |
ab5b5342 JB |
697 | * because the destination STA was in powersave mode. Note that to |
698 | * avoid race conditions, the filter must be set by the hardware or | |
699 | * firmware upon receiving a frame that indicates that the station | |
700 | * went to sleep (must be done on device to filter frames already on | |
701 | * the queue) and may only be unset after mac80211 gives the OK for | |
702 | * that by setting the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT (see above), | |
703 | * since only then is it guaranteed that no more frames are in the | |
704 | * hardware queue. | |
e039fa4a JB |
705 | * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK: Frame was acknowledged |
706 | * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU: The frame was aggregated, so status | |
707 | * is for the whole aggregation. | |
429a3805 RR |
708 | * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK: no block ack was returned, |
709 | * so consider using block ack request (BAR). | |
e6a9854b JB |
710 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE: internal to mac80211, can be |
711 | * set by rate control algorithms to indicate probe rate, will | |
712 | * be cleared for fragmented frames (except on the last fragment) | |
6c17b77b SF |
713 | * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK: Internal to mac80211. Used to indicate |
714 | * that a frame can be transmitted while the queues are stopped for | |
715 | * off-channel operation. | |
cd8ffc80 JB |
716 | * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING: completely internal to mac80211, |
717 | * used to indicate that a pending frame requires TX processing before | |
718 | * it can be sent out. | |
8f77f384 JB |
719 | * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED: completely internal to mac80211, |
720 | * used to indicate that a frame was already retried due to PS | |
3b8d81e0 JB |
721 | * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT: completely internal to mac80211, |
722 | * used to indicate frame should not be encrypted | |
02f2f1a9 JB |
723 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER: This frame is a response to a poll |
724 | * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD) or a non-bufferable MMPDU and must | |
725 | * be sent although the station is in powersave mode. | |
ad5351db JB |
726 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES: More frames will be passed to the |
727 | * transmit function after the current frame, this can be used | |
728 | * by drivers to kick the DMA queue only if unset or when the | |
729 | * queue gets full. | |
c6fcf6bc JB |
730 | * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION: This frame is being retransmitted |
731 | * after TX status because the destination was asleep, it must not | |
732 | * be modified again (no seqno assignment, crypto, etc.) | |
1672c0e3 JB |
733 | * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX: This frame was transmitted by the MLME |
734 | * code for connection establishment, this indicates that its status | |
735 | * should kick the MLME state machine. | |
026331c4 JM |
736 | * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX: Frame was requested through nl80211 |
737 | * MLME command (internal to mac80211 to figure out whether to send TX | |
738 | * status to user space) | |
0a56bd0a | 739 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC: tells the driver to use LDPC for this frame |
f79d9bad FF |
740 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC: Enables Space-Time Block Coding (STBC) for this |
741 | * frame and selects the maximum number of streams that it can use. | |
610dbc98 JB |
742 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN: Marks this packet to be transmitted on |
743 | * the off-channel channel when a remain-on-channel offload is done | |
744 | * in hardware -- normal packets still flow and are expected to be | |
745 | * handled properly by the device. | |
681d1190 JM |
746 | * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE: Marks this packet to be used for TKIP |
747 | * testing. It will be sent out with incorrect Michael MIC key to allow | |
748 | * TKIP countermeasures to be tested. | |
aad14ceb RM |
749 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE: This frame will be sent at non CCK rate. |
750 | * This flag is actually used for management frame especially for P2P | |
751 | * frames not being sent at CCK rate in 2GHz band. | |
47086fc5 JB |
752 | * @IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP: This packet marks the end of service period, |
753 | * when its status is reported the service period ends. For frames in | |
754 | * an SP that mac80211 transmits, it is already set; for driver frames | |
deeaee19 JB |
755 | * the driver may set this flag. It is also used to do the same for |
756 | * PS-Poll responses. | |
b6f35301 RM |
757 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE: This frame will be sent at lowest rate. |
758 | * This flag is used to send nullfunc frame at minimum rate when | |
759 | * the nullfunc is used for connection monitoring purpose. | |
a26eb27a JB |
760 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG: Don't fragment this packet even if it |
761 | * would be fragmented by size (this is optional, only used for | |
762 | * monitor injection). | |
5cf16616 SM |
763 | * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED: A frame that was marked with |
764 | * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK has been successfully transmitted without | |
765 | * any errors (like issues specific to the driver/HW). | |
766 | * This flag must not be set for frames that don't request no-ack | |
767 | * behaviour with IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK. | |
eb7d3066 CL |
768 | * |
769 | * Note: If you have to add new flags to the enumeration, then don't | |
770 | * forget to update %IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS when necessary. | |
11f4b1ce | 771 | */ |
af61a165 | 772 | enum mac80211_tx_info_flags { |
e039fa4a | 773 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS = BIT(0), |
e6a9854b JB |
774 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ = BIT(1), |
775 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK = BIT(2), | |
776 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT = BIT(3), | |
777 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT = BIT(4), | |
778 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM = BIT(5), | |
779 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU = BIT(6), | |
780 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED = BIT(7), | |
781 | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED = BIT(8), | |
782 | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK = BIT(9), | |
783 | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU = BIT(10), | |
784 | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK = BIT(11), | |
785 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE = BIT(12), | |
6c17b77b | 786 | IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK = BIT(13), |
cd8ffc80 | 787 | IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING = BIT(14), |
8f77f384 | 788 | IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED = BIT(15), |
3b8d81e0 | 789 | IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT = BIT(16), |
02f2f1a9 | 790 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER = BIT(17), |
ad5351db | 791 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES = BIT(18), |
c6fcf6bc | 792 | IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION = BIT(19), |
1672c0e3 | 793 | IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX = BIT(20), |
026331c4 | 794 | IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX = BIT(21), |
0a56bd0a | 795 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC = BIT(22), |
f79d9bad | 796 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC = BIT(23) | BIT(24), |
21f83589 | 797 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN = BIT(25), |
681d1190 | 798 | IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE = BIT(26), |
aad14ceb | 799 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE = BIT(27), |
47086fc5 | 800 | IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP = BIT(28), |
b6f35301 | 801 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE = BIT(29), |
a26eb27a | 802 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG = BIT(30), |
5cf16616 | 803 | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED = BIT(31), |
11f4b1ce RR |
804 | }; |
805 | ||
abe37c4b JB |
806 | #define IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC_SHIFT 23 |
807 | ||
af61a165 JB |
808 | /** |
809 | * enum mac80211_tx_control_flags - flags to describe transmit control | |
810 | * | |
811 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO: this frame is a port control | |
812 | * protocol frame (e.g. EAP) | |
6b127c71 SM |
813 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE: This frame is a response to a poll |
814 | * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD). | |
dfdfc2be | 815 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT: This frame is injected with rate information |
6e0456b5 | 816 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU: This frame is an A-MSDU frame |
bb42f2d1 | 817 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT: This frame is going through the fast_xmit path |
8828f81a | 818 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_SKIP_MPATH_LOOKUP: This frame skips mesh path lookup |
af61a165 JB |
819 | * |
820 | * These flags are used in tx_info->control.flags. | |
821 | */ | |
822 | enum mac80211_tx_control_flags { | |
823 | IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO = BIT(0), | |
6b127c71 | 824 | IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE = BIT(1), |
dfdfc2be | 825 | IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT = BIT(2), |
6e0456b5 | 826 | IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU = BIT(3), |
bb42f2d1 | 827 | IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT = BIT(4), |
8828f81a | 828 | IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_SKIP_MPATH_LOOKUP = BIT(5), |
af61a165 JB |
829 | }; |
830 | ||
eb7d3066 CL |
831 | /* |
832 | * This definition is used as a mask to clear all temporary flags, which are | |
833 | * set by the tx handlers for each transmission attempt by the mac80211 stack. | |
834 | */ | |
835 | #define IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS (IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK | \ | |
836 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT | \ | |
837 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU | \ | |
838 | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK | \ | |
839 | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK | \ | |
02f2f1a9 | 840 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER | \ |
eb7d3066 | 841 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC | \ |
47086fc5 | 842 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC | IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP) |
eb7d3066 | 843 | |
2134e7e7 S |
844 | /** |
845 | * enum mac80211_rate_control_flags - per-rate flags set by the | |
846 | * Rate Control algorithm. | |
847 | * | |
848 | * These flags are set by the Rate control algorithm for each rate during tx, | |
849 | * in the @flags member of struct ieee80211_tx_rate. | |
850 | * | |
851 | * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS: Use RTS/CTS exchange for this rate. | |
852 | * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT: CTS-to-self protection is required. | |
853 | * This is set if the current BSS requires ERP protection. | |
854 | * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Use short preamble. | |
855 | * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS: HT rate. | |
8bc83c24 JB |
856 | * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS: VHT MCS rate, in this case the idx field is split |
857 | * into a higher 4 bits (Nss) and lower 4 bits (MCS number) | |
2134e7e7 S |
858 | * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD: Indicates whether this rate should be used in |
859 | * Greenfield mode. | |
860 | * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates if the Channel Width should be 40 MHz. | |
8bc83c24 JB |
861 | * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 80 MHz transmission |
862 | * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 160 MHz transmission | |
863 | * (80+80 isn't supported yet) | |
2134e7e7 S |
864 | * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA: The frame should be transmitted on both of the |
865 | * adjacent 20 MHz channels, if the current channel type is | |
866 | * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS or NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS. | |
867 | * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI: Short Guard interval should be used for this rate. | |
868 | */ | |
e6a9854b JB |
869 | enum mac80211_rate_control_flags { |
870 | IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS = BIT(0), | |
871 | IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT = BIT(1), | |
872 | IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(2), | |
873 | ||
8bc83c24 | 874 | /* rate index is an HT/VHT MCS instead of an index */ |
e6a9854b JB |
875 | IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS = BIT(3), |
876 | IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD = BIT(4), | |
877 | IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(5), | |
878 | IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA = BIT(6), | |
879 | IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI = BIT(7), | |
8bc83c24 JB |
880 | IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS = BIT(8), |
881 | IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(9), | |
882 | IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(10), | |
e6a9854b JB |
883 | }; |
884 | ||
885 | ||
886 | /* there are 40 bytes if you don't need the rateset to be kept */ | |
887 | #define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 40 | |
8318d78a | 888 | |
e6a9854b JB |
889 | /* if you do need the rateset, then you have less space */ |
890 | #define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 24 | |
1c014420 | 891 | |
e6a9854b | 892 | /* maximum number of rate stages */ |
e3e1a0bc | 893 | #define IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES 4 |
870abdf6 | 894 | |
0d528d85 FF |
895 | /* maximum number of rate table entries */ |
896 | #define IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE 4 | |
897 | ||
870abdf6 | 898 | /** |
e6a9854b | 899 | * struct ieee80211_tx_rate - rate selection/status |
870abdf6 | 900 | * |
e6a9854b JB |
901 | * @idx: rate index to attempt to send with |
902 | * @flags: rate control flags (&enum mac80211_rate_control_flags) | |
e25cf4a6 | 903 | * @count: number of tries in this rate before going to the next rate |
e6a9854b JB |
904 | * |
905 | * A value of -1 for @idx indicates an invalid rate and, if used | |
906 | * in an array of retry rates, that no more rates should be tried. | |
907 | * | |
908 | * When used for transmit status reporting, the driver should | |
909 | * always report the rate along with the flags it used. | |
c555b9b3 JB |
910 | * |
911 | * &struct ieee80211_tx_info contains an array of these structs | |
912 | * in the control information, and it will be filled by the rate | |
913 | * control algorithm according to what should be sent. For example, | |
914 | * if this array contains, in the format { <idx>, <count> } the | |
b4f7f4ad JN |
915 | * information:: |
916 | * | |
c555b9b3 | 917 | * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 4 }, { -1, 0 }, { -1, 0 } |
b4f7f4ad | 918 | * |
c555b9b3 JB |
919 | * then this means that the frame should be transmitted |
920 | * up to twice at rate 3, up to twice at rate 2, and up to four | |
921 | * times at rate 1 if it doesn't get acknowledged. Say it gets | |
922 | * acknowledged by the peer after the fifth attempt, the status | |
b4f7f4ad JN |
923 | * information should then contain:: |
924 | * | |
c555b9b3 | 925 | * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 1 }, { -1, 0 } ... |
b4f7f4ad | 926 | * |
c555b9b3 JB |
927 | * since it was transmitted twice at rate 3, twice at rate 2 |
928 | * and once at rate 1 after which we received an acknowledgement. | |
870abdf6 | 929 | */ |
e6a9854b JB |
930 | struct ieee80211_tx_rate { |
931 | s8 idx; | |
8bc83c24 JB |
932 | u16 count:5, |
933 | flags:11; | |
3f30fc15 | 934 | } __packed; |
870abdf6 | 935 | |
8bc83c24 JB |
936 | #define IEEE80211_MAX_TX_RETRY 31 |
937 | ||
938 | static inline void ieee80211_rate_set_vht(struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate, | |
939 | u8 mcs, u8 nss) | |
940 | { | |
941 | WARN_ON(mcs & ~0xF); | |
6bc8312f KB |
942 | WARN_ON((nss - 1) & ~0x7); |
943 | rate->idx = ((nss - 1) << 4) | mcs; | |
8bc83c24 JB |
944 | } |
945 | ||
946 | static inline u8 | |
947 | ieee80211_rate_get_vht_mcs(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate) | |
948 | { | |
949 | return rate->idx & 0xF; | |
950 | } | |
951 | ||
952 | static inline u8 | |
953 | ieee80211_rate_get_vht_nss(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate) | |
954 | { | |
6bc8312f | 955 | return (rate->idx >> 4) + 1; |
8bc83c24 JB |
956 | } |
957 | ||
e039fa4a JB |
958 | /** |
959 | * struct ieee80211_tx_info - skb transmit information | |
960 | * | |
961 | * This structure is placed in skb->cb for three uses: | |
962 | * (1) mac80211 TX control - mac80211 tells the driver what to do | |
963 | * (2) driver internal use (if applicable) | |
964 | * (3) TX status information - driver tells mac80211 what happened | |
965 | * | |
966 | * @flags: transmit info flags, defined above | |
e6a9854b | 967 | * @band: the band to transmit on (use for checking for races) |
3a25a8c8 | 968 | * @hw_queue: HW queue to put the frame on, skb_get_queue_mapping() gives the AC |
a729cff8 | 969 | * @ack_frame_id: internal frame ID for TX status, used internally |
6912daed | 970 | * @tx_time_est: TX time estimate in units of 4us, used internally |
7d419463 JB |
971 | * @control: union part for control data |
972 | * @control.rates: TX rates array to try | |
973 | * @control.rts_cts_rate_idx: rate for RTS or CTS | |
974 | * @control.use_rts: use RTS | |
975 | * @control.use_cts_prot: use RTS/CTS | |
976 | * @control.short_preamble: use short preamble (CCK only) | |
977 | * @control.skip_table: skip externally configured rate table | |
978 | * @control.jiffies: timestamp for expiry on powersave clients | |
979 | * @control.vif: virtual interface (may be NULL) | |
980 | * @control.hw_key: key to encrypt with (may be NULL) | |
981 | * @control.flags: control flags, see &enum mac80211_tx_control_flags | |
982 | * @control.enqueue_time: enqueue time (for iTXQs) | |
983 | * @driver_rates: alias to @control.rates to reserve space | |
984 | * @pad: padding | |
985 | * @rate_driver_data: driver use area if driver needs @control.rates | |
986 | * @status: union part for status data | |
987 | * @status.rates: attempted rates | |
988 | * @status.ack_signal: ACK signal | |
989 | * @status.ampdu_ack_len: AMPDU ack length | |
990 | * @status.ampdu_len: AMPDU length | |
991 | * @status.antenna: (legacy, kept only for iwlegacy) | |
992 | * @status.tx_time: airtime consumed for transmission | |
993 | * @status.is_valid_ack_signal: ACK signal is valid | |
994 | * @status.status_driver_data: driver use area | |
995 | * @ack: union part for pure ACK data | |
996 | * @ack.cookie: cookie for the ACK | |
6ef307bc | 997 | * @driver_data: array of driver_data pointers |
599bf6a4 | 998 | * @ampdu_ack_len: number of acked aggregated frames. |
93d95b12 | 999 | * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set. |
599bf6a4 | 1000 | * @ampdu_len: number of aggregated frames. |
93d95b12 | 1001 | * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set. |
e039fa4a | 1002 | * @ack_signal: signal strength of the ACK frame |
1c014420 | 1003 | */ |
e039fa4a JB |
1004 | struct ieee80211_tx_info { |
1005 | /* common information */ | |
1006 | u32 flags; | |
f2b18bac JB |
1007 | u32 band:3, |
1008 | ack_frame_id:13, | |
1009 | hw_queue:4, | |
1010 | tx_time_est:10; | |
1011 | /* 2 free bits */ | |
e039fa4a JB |
1012 | |
1013 | union { | |
1014 | struct { | |
e6a9854b JB |
1015 | union { |
1016 | /* rate control */ | |
1017 | struct { | |
1018 | struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[ | |
1019 | IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES]; | |
1020 | s8 rts_cts_rate_idx; | |
991fec09 FF |
1021 | u8 use_rts:1; |
1022 | u8 use_cts_prot:1; | |
0d528d85 FF |
1023 | u8 short_preamble:1; |
1024 | u8 skip_table:1; | |
991fec09 | 1025 | /* 2 bytes free */ |
e6a9854b JB |
1026 | }; |
1027 | /* only needed before rate control */ | |
1028 | unsigned long jiffies; | |
1029 | }; | |
25d834e1 | 1030 | /* NB: vif can be NULL for injected frames */ |
53168215 | 1031 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif; |
e039fa4a | 1032 | struct ieee80211_key_conf *hw_key; |
af61a165 | 1033 | u32 flags; |
53168215 | 1034 | codel_time_t enqueue_time; |
e039fa4a | 1035 | } control; |
3b79af97 JB |
1036 | struct { |
1037 | u64 cookie; | |
1038 | } ack; | |
e039fa4a | 1039 | struct { |
e6a9854b | 1040 | struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES]; |
a0f995a5 | 1041 | s32 ack_signal; |
e3e1a0bc | 1042 | u8 ampdu_ack_len; |
599bf6a4 | 1043 | u8 ampdu_len; |
d748b464 | 1044 | u8 antenna; |
02219b3a | 1045 | u16 tx_time; |
a78b26ff | 1046 | bool is_valid_ack_signal; |
02219b3a | 1047 | void *status_driver_data[19 / sizeof(void *)]; |
e039fa4a | 1048 | } status; |
e6a9854b JB |
1049 | struct { |
1050 | struct ieee80211_tx_rate driver_rates[ | |
1051 | IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES]; | |
0d528d85 FF |
1052 | u8 pad[4]; |
1053 | ||
e6a9854b JB |
1054 | void *rate_driver_data[ |
1055 | IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)]; | |
1056 | }; | |
1057 | void *driver_data[ | |
1058 | IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)]; | |
e039fa4a | 1059 | }; |
f0706e82 JB |
1060 | }; |
1061 | ||
7a89233a THJ |
1062 | static inline u16 |
1063 | ieee80211_info_set_tx_time_est(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info, u16 tx_time_est) | |
1064 | { | |
1065 | /* We only have 10 bits in tx_time_est, so store airtime | |
1066 | * in increments of 4us and clamp the maximum to 2**12-1 | |
1067 | */ | |
1068 | info->tx_time_est = min_t(u16, tx_time_est, 4095) >> 2; | |
1069 | return info->tx_time_est << 2; | |
1070 | } | |
1071 | ||
1072 | static inline u16 | |
1073 | ieee80211_info_get_tx_time_est(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info) | |
1074 | { | |
1075 | return info->tx_time_est << 2; | |
1076 | } | |
1077 | ||
18fb84d9 | 1078 | /** |
ae4a50ee | 1079 | * struct ieee80211_tx_status - extended tx status info for rate control |
18fb84d9 FF |
1080 | * |
1081 | * @sta: Station that the packet was transmitted for | |
1082 | * @info: Basic tx status information | |
1083 | * @skb: Packet skb (can be NULL if not provided by the driver) | |
cbe77dde | 1084 | * @rate: The TX rate that was used when sending the packet |
18fb84d9 FF |
1085 | */ |
1086 | struct ieee80211_tx_status { | |
1087 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta; | |
1088 | struct ieee80211_tx_info *info; | |
1089 | struct sk_buff *skb; | |
cbe77dde | 1090 | struct rate_info *rate; |
18fb84d9 FF |
1091 | }; |
1092 | ||
c56ef672 DS |
1093 | /** |
1094 | * struct ieee80211_scan_ies - descriptors for different blocks of IEs | |
1095 | * | |
633e2713 DS |
1096 | * This structure is used to point to different blocks of IEs in HW scan |
1097 | * and scheduled scan. These blocks contain the IEs passed by userspace | |
1098 | * and the ones generated by mac80211. | |
c56ef672 DS |
1099 | * |
1100 | * @ies: pointers to band specific IEs. | |
1101 | * @len: lengths of band_specific IEs. | |
1102 | * @common_ies: IEs for all bands (especially vendor specific ones) | |
1103 | * @common_ie_len: length of the common_ies | |
1104 | */ | |
1105 | struct ieee80211_scan_ies { | |
57fbcce3 JB |
1106 | const u8 *ies[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; |
1107 | size_t len[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; | |
c56ef672 DS |
1108 | const u8 *common_ies; |
1109 | size_t common_ie_len; | |
1110 | }; | |
1111 | ||
1112 | ||
e039fa4a JB |
1113 | static inline struct ieee80211_tx_info *IEEE80211_SKB_CB(struct sk_buff *skb) |
1114 | { | |
1115 | return (struct ieee80211_tx_info *)skb->cb; | |
1116 | } | |
7ac1bd6a | 1117 | |
f1d58c25 JB |
1118 | static inline struct ieee80211_rx_status *IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(struct sk_buff *skb) |
1119 | { | |
1120 | return (struct ieee80211_rx_status *)skb->cb; | |
1121 | } | |
1122 | ||
e6a9854b JB |
1123 | /** |
1124 | * ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status - clear TX status | |
1125 | * | |
1126 | * @info: The &struct ieee80211_tx_info to be cleared. | |
1127 | * | |
1128 | * When the driver passes an skb back to mac80211, it must report | |
1129 | * a number of things in TX status. This function clears everything | |
1130 | * in the TX status but the rate control information (it does clear | |
1131 | * the count since you need to fill that in anyway). | |
1132 | * | |
1133 | * NOTE: You can only use this function if you do NOT use | |
1134 | * info->driver_data! Use info->rate_driver_data | |
1135 | * instead if you need only the less space that allows. | |
1136 | */ | |
1137 | static inline void | |
1138 | ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info) | |
1139 | { | |
1140 | int i; | |
1141 | ||
1142 | BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) != | |
1143 | offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, control.rates)); | |
1144 | BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) != | |
1145 | offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, driver_rates)); | |
1146 | BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) != 8); | |
1147 | /* clear the rate counts */ | |
1148 | for (i = 0; i < IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES; i++) | |
1149 | info->status.rates[i].count = 0; | |
1150 | ||
1151 | BUILD_BUG_ON( | |
e3e1a0bc | 1152 | offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ack_signal) != 20); |
e6a9854b JB |
1153 | memset(&info->status.ampdu_ack_len, 0, |
1154 | sizeof(struct ieee80211_tx_info) - | |
1155 | offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ampdu_ack_len)); | |
1156 | } | |
1157 | ||
7ac1bd6a JB |
1158 | |
1159 | /** | |
1160 | * enum mac80211_rx_flags - receive flags | |
1161 | * | |
1162 | * These flags are used with the @flag member of &struct ieee80211_rx_status. | |
1163 | * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR: Michael MIC error was reported on this frame. | |
1164 | * Use together with %RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED. | |
1165 | * @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED: This frame was decrypted in hardware. | |
7ac1bd6a JB |
1166 | * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED: the Michael MIC is stripped off this frame, |
1167 | * verification has been done by the hardware. | |
cef0acd4 | 1168 | * @RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED: The IV and ICV are stripped from this frame. |
7ac1bd6a JB |
1169 | * If this flag is set, the stack cannot do any replay detection |
1170 | * hence the driver or hardware will have to do that. | |
981d94a8 JB |
1171 | * @RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED: Currently only valid for CCMP/GCMP frames, this |
1172 | * flag indicates that the PN was verified for replay protection. | |
1173 | * Note that this flag is also currently only supported when a frame | |
1174 | * is also decrypted (ie. @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED must be set) | |
84ea3a18 LB |
1175 | * @RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED: The driver should set this flag if it did |
1176 | * de-duplication by itself. | |
72abd81b JB |
1177 | * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC: Set this flag if the FCS check failed on |
1178 | * the frame. | |
1179 | * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC: Set this flag if the PCLP check failed on | |
1180 | * the frame. | |
f4bda337 | 1181 | * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime |
6ebacbb7 JB |
1182 | * field) is valid and contains the time the first symbol of the MPDU |
1183 | * was received. This is useful in monitor mode and for proper IBSS | |
1184 | * merging. | |
f4bda337 TP |
1185 | * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime |
1186 | * field) is valid and contains the time the last symbol of the MPDU | |
1187 | * (including FCS) was received. | |
f4a0f0c5 JB |
1188 | * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime |
1189 | * field) is valid and contains the time the SYNC preamble was received. | |
fe8431f8 FF |
1190 | * @RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL: The signal strength value is not present. |
1191 | * Valid only for data frames (mainly A-MPDU) | |
4c298677 JB |
1192 | * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS: A-MPDU details are known, in particular the reference |
1193 | * number (@ampdu_reference) must be populated and be a distinct number for | |
1194 | * each A-MPDU | |
4c298677 JB |
1195 | * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN: last subframe is known, should be set on all |
1196 | * subframes of a single A-MPDU | |
1197 | * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST: this subframe is the last subframe of the A-MPDU | |
1198 | * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR: A delimiter CRC error has been detected | |
1199 | * on this subframe | |
1200 | * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN: The delimiter CRC field is known (the CRC | |
1201 | * is stored in the @ampdu_delimiter_crc field) | |
f980ebc0 SS |
1202 | * @RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED: The mic was stripped of this packet. Decryption was |
1203 | * done by the hardware | |
17883048 GB |
1204 | * @RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR: Report frame only to monitor interfaces without |
1205 | * processing it in any regular way. | |
1206 | * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report | |
1207 | * them for sniffing purposes. | |
1208 | * @RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR: Process and report frame to all interfaces except | |
1209 | * monitor interfaces. | |
1210 | * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report | |
1211 | * them for sniffing purposes. | |
0cfcefef MK |
1212 | * @RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE: Some drivers may prefer to report separate A-MSDU |
1213 | * subframes instead of a one huge frame for performance reasons. | |
1214 | * All, but the last MSDU from an A-MSDU should have this flag set. E.g. | |
1215 | * if an A-MSDU has 3 frames, the first 2 must have the flag set, while | |
1216 | * the 3rd (last) one must not have this flag set. The flag is used to | |
1217 | * deal with retransmission/duplication recovery properly since A-MSDU | |
1218 | * subframes share the same sequence number. Reported subframes can be | |
1219 | * either regular MSDU or singly A-MSDUs. Subframes must not be | |
1220 | * interleaved with other frames. | |
1f7bba79 JB |
1221 | * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA: This frame contains vendor-specific |
1222 | * radiotap data in the skb->data (before the frame) as described by | |
1223 | * the &struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap. | |
f631a77b SS |
1224 | * @RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN: Allow the same PN as same packet before. |
1225 | * This is used for AMSDU subframes which can have the same PN as | |
1226 | * the first subframe. | |
cef0acd4 DS |
1227 | * @RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED: The ICV is stripped from this frame. CRC checking must |
1228 | * be done in the hardware. | |
7299d6f7 JB |
1229 | * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT: Value of the EOF bit in the A-MPDU delimiter for this |
1230 | * frame | |
1231 | * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN: The EOF value is known | |
41cbb0f5 LC |
1232 | * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE: HE radiotap data is present |
1233 | * (&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he, mac80211 will fill in | |
7d419463 | 1234 | * |
41cbb0f5 LC |
1235 | * - DATA3_DATA_MCS |
1236 | * - DATA3_DATA_DCM | |
1237 | * - DATA3_CODING | |
1238 | * - DATA5_GI | |
1239 | * - DATA5_DATA_BW_RU_ALLOC | |
1240 | * - DATA6_NSTS | |
1241 | * - DATA3_STBC | |
7d419463 | 1242 | * |
41cbb0f5 LC |
1243 | * from the RX info data, so leave those zeroed when building this data) |
1244 | * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU: HE MU radiotap data is present | |
1245 | * (&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he_mu) | |
d1332e7b | 1246 | * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG: L-SIG radiotap data is present |
c3d1f875 ST |
1247 | * @RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU: use the frame only for radiotap reporting, with |
1248 | * the "0-length PSDU" field included there. The value for it is | |
1249 | * in &struct ieee80211_rx_status. Note that if this value isn't | |
1250 | * known the frame shouldn't be reported. | |
7ac1bd6a JB |
1251 | */ |
1252 | enum mac80211_rx_flags { | |
4c298677 JB |
1253 | RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR = BIT(0), |
1254 | RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED = BIT(1), | |
f4a0f0c5 | 1255 | RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START = BIT(2), |
4c298677 JB |
1256 | RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED = BIT(3), |
1257 | RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED = BIT(4), | |
1258 | RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC = BIT(5), | |
1259 | RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC = BIT(6), | |
f4bda337 | 1260 | RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START = BIT(7), |
7fdd69c5 JB |
1261 | RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL = BIT(8), |
1262 | RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS = BIT(9), | |
1263 | RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED = BIT(10), | |
1264 | RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED = BIT(11), | |
1265 | RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN = BIT(12), | |
1266 | RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST = BIT(13), | |
1267 | RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR = BIT(14), | |
1268 | RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN = BIT(15), | |
1269 | RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END = BIT(16), | |
1270 | RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR = BIT(17), | |
1271 | RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR = BIT(18), | |
1272 | RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE = BIT(19), | |
1273 | RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA = BIT(20), | |
1274 | RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED = BIT(21), | |
1275 | RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN = BIT(22), | |
1276 | RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED = BIT(23), | |
7299d6f7 JB |
1277 | RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT = BIT(24), |
1278 | RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN = BIT(25), | |
41cbb0f5 LC |
1279 | RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE = BIT(26), |
1280 | RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU = BIT(27), | |
d1332e7b | 1281 | RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG = BIT(28), |
c3d1f875 | 1282 | RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU = BIT(29), |
7ac1bd6a JB |
1283 | }; |
1284 | ||
1b8d242a | 1285 | /** |
7fdd69c5 | 1286 | * enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags - MCS & bandwidth flags |
1b8d242a | 1287 | * |
7fdd69c5 | 1288 | * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE: Short preamble was used for this frame |
7fdd69c5 JB |
1289 | * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI: Short guard interval was used |
1290 | * @RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF: This frame was received in a HT-greenfield transmission, | |
1291 | * if the driver fills this value it should add | |
1292 | * %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_FMT | |
7d419463 | 1293 | * to @hw.radiotap_mcs_details to advertise that fact. |
7fdd69c5 JB |
1294 | * @RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC: LDPC was used |
1295 | * @RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK: STBC 2 bit bitmask. 1 - Nss=1, 2 - Nss=2, 3 - Nss=3 | |
7fdd69c5 | 1296 | * @RX_ENC_FLAG_BF: packet was beamformed |
1b8d242a | 1297 | */ |
7fdd69c5 JB |
1298 | enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags { |
1299 | RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE = BIT(0), | |
da6a4352 JB |
1300 | RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), |
1301 | RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF = BIT(3), | |
1302 | RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK = BIT(4) | BIT(5), | |
1303 | RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC = BIT(6), | |
1304 | RX_ENC_FLAG_BF = BIT(7), | |
1b8d242a EG |
1305 | }; |
1306 | ||
da6a4352 JB |
1307 | #define RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT 4 |
1308 | ||
1309 | enum mac80211_rx_encoding { | |
1310 | RX_ENC_LEGACY = 0, | |
1311 | RX_ENC_HT, | |
1312 | RX_ENC_VHT, | |
41cbb0f5 | 1313 | RX_ENC_HE, |
da6a4352 | 1314 | }; |
7fdd69c5 | 1315 | |
7ac1bd6a JB |
1316 | /** |
1317 | * struct ieee80211_rx_status - receive status | |
1318 | * | |
1319 | * The low-level driver should provide this information (the subset | |
1320 | * supported by hardware) to the 802.11 code with each received | |
f1d58c25 | 1321 | * frame, in the skb's control buffer (cb). |
566bfe5a | 1322 | * |
c132bec3 BR |
1323 | * @mactime: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization Function |
1324 | * (TSF) timer when the first data symbol (MPDU) arrived at the hardware. | |
162dd6a7 JB |
1325 | * @boottime_ns: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp the frame was received at, this is |
1326 | * needed only for beacons and probe responses that update the scan cache. | |
8c358bcd JB |
1327 | * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, mac80211 doesn't use |
1328 | * it but can store it and pass it back to the driver for synchronisation | |
8318d78a | 1329 | * @band: the active band when this frame was received |
7ac1bd6a | 1330 | * @freq: frequency the radio was tuned to when receiving this frame, in MHz |
4352a4d7 JB |
1331 | * This field must be set for management frames, but isn't strictly needed |
1332 | * for data (other) frames - for those it only affects radiotap reporting. | |
566bfe5a BR |
1333 | * @signal: signal strength when receiving this frame, either in dBm, in dB or |
1334 | * unspecified depending on the hardware capabilities flags | |
1335 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_* | |
ef0621e8 FF |
1336 | * @chains: bitmask of receive chains for which separate signal strength |
1337 | * values were filled. | |
1338 | * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength, in dBm (unlike @signal, doesn't | |
1339 | * support dB or unspecified units) | |
7ac1bd6a | 1340 | * @antenna: antenna used |
0fb8ca45 | 1341 | * @rate_idx: index of data rate into band's supported rates or MCS index if |
5614618e | 1342 | * HT or VHT is used (%RX_FLAG_HT/%RX_FLAG_VHT) |
8613c948 | 1343 | * @nss: number of streams (VHT and HE only) |
b4f7f4ad | 1344 | * @flag: %RX_FLAG_\* |
da6a4352 JB |
1345 | * @encoding: &enum mac80211_rx_encoding |
1346 | * @bw: &enum rate_info_bw | |
7fdd69c5 | 1347 | * @enc_flags: uses bits from &enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags |
41cbb0f5 LC |
1348 | * @he_ru: HE RU, from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc |
1349 | * @he_gi: HE GI, from &enum nl80211_he_gi | |
1350 | * @he_dcm: HE DCM value | |
554891e6 | 1351 | * @rx_flags: internal RX flags for mac80211 |
4c298677 JB |
1352 | * @ampdu_reference: A-MPDU reference number, must be a different value for |
1353 | * each A-MPDU but the same for each subframe within one A-MPDU | |
1354 | * @ampdu_delimiter_crc: A-MPDU delimiter CRC | |
c3d1f875 | 1355 | * @zero_length_psdu_type: radiotap type of the 0-length PSDU |
7ac1bd6a | 1356 | */ |
f0706e82 JB |
1357 | struct ieee80211_rx_status { |
1358 | u64 mactime; | |
162dd6a7 | 1359 | u64 boottime_ns; |
8c358bcd | 1360 | u32 device_timestamp; |
4c298677 | 1361 | u32 ampdu_reference; |
7fdd69c5 | 1362 | u32 flag; |
30f42292 | 1363 | u16 freq; |
da6a4352 | 1364 | u8 enc_flags; |
41cbb0f5 LC |
1365 | u8 encoding:2, bw:3, he_ru:3; |
1366 | u8 he_gi:2, he_dcm:1; | |
30f42292 | 1367 | u8 rate_idx; |
8613c948 | 1368 | u8 nss; |
30f42292 JB |
1369 | u8 rx_flags; |
1370 | u8 band; | |
1371 | u8 antenna; | |
1372 | s8 signal; | |
ef0621e8 FF |
1373 | u8 chains; |
1374 | s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; | |
4c298677 | 1375 | u8 ampdu_delimiter_crc; |
c3d1f875 | 1376 | u8 zero_length_psdu_type; |
f0706e82 JB |
1377 | }; |
1378 | ||
1f7bba79 JB |
1379 | /** |
1380 | * struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap - vendor radiotap data information | |
1381 | * @present: presence bitmap for this vendor namespace | |
1382 | * (this could be extended in the future if any vendor needs more | |
1383 | * bits, the radiotap spec does allow for that) | |
1384 | * @align: radiotap vendor namespace alignment. This defines the needed | |
1385 | * alignment for the @data field below, not for the vendor namespace | |
1386 | * description itself (which has a fixed 2-byte alignment) | |
1387 | * Must be a power of two, and be set to at least 1! | |
1388 | * @oui: radiotap vendor namespace OUI | |
1389 | * @subns: radiotap vendor sub namespace | |
1390 | * @len: radiotap vendor sub namespace skip length, if alignment is done | |
1391 | * then that's added to this, i.e. this is only the length of the | |
1392 | * @data field. | |
1393 | * @pad: number of bytes of padding after the @data, this exists so that | |
1394 | * the skb data alignment can be preserved even if the data has odd | |
1395 | * length | |
1396 | * @data: the actual vendor namespace data | |
1397 | * | |
1398 | * This struct, including the vendor data, goes into the skb->data before | |
1399 | * the 802.11 header. It's split up in mac80211 using the align/oui/subns | |
1400 | * data. | |
1401 | */ | |
1402 | struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap { | |
1403 | u32 present; | |
1404 | u8 align; | |
1405 | u8 oui[3]; | |
1406 | u8 subns; | |
1407 | u8 pad; | |
1408 | u16 len; | |
1409 | u8 data[]; | |
1410 | } __packed; | |
1411 | ||
6b301cdf JB |
1412 | /** |
1413 | * enum ieee80211_conf_flags - configuration flags | |
1414 | * | |
1415 | * Flags to define PHY configuration options | |
1416 | * | |
0869aea0 JB |
1417 | * @IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR: there's a monitor interface present -- use this |
1418 | * to determine for example whether to calculate timestamps for packets | |
1419 | * or not, do not use instead of filter flags! | |
c99445b1 KV |
1420 | * @IEEE80211_CONF_PS: Enable 802.11 power save mode (managed mode only). |
1421 | * This is the power save mode defined by IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2, | |
1422 | * meaning that the hardware still wakes up for beacons, is able to | |
1423 | * transmit frames and receive the possible acknowledgment frames. | |
1424 | * Not to be confused with hardware specific wakeup/sleep states, | |
1425 | * driver is responsible for that. See the section "Powersave support" | |
1426 | * for more. | |
5cff20e6 JB |
1427 | * @IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE: The device is running, but idle; if the flag is set |
1428 | * the driver should be prepared to handle configuration requests but | |
1429 | * may turn the device off as much as possible. Typically, this flag will | |
1430 | * be set when an interface is set UP but not associated or scanning, but | |
1431 | * it can also be unset in that case when monitor interfaces are active. | |
45521245 FF |
1432 | * @IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL: The device is currently not on its main |
1433 | * operating channel. | |
6b301cdf JB |
1434 | */ |
1435 | enum ieee80211_conf_flags { | |
0869aea0 | 1436 | IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR = (1<<0), |
ae5eb026 | 1437 | IEEE80211_CONF_PS = (1<<1), |
5cff20e6 | 1438 | IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE = (1<<2), |
45521245 | 1439 | IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL = (1<<3), |
6b301cdf | 1440 | }; |
f0706e82 | 1441 | |
7a5158ef | 1442 | |
e8975581 JB |
1443 | /** |
1444 | * enum ieee80211_conf_changed - denotes which configuration changed | |
1445 | * | |
e8975581 | 1446 | * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL: the listen interval changed |
0869aea0 | 1447 | * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR: the monitor flag changed |
e255d5eb | 1448 | * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS: the PS flag or dynamic PS timeout changed |
e8975581 | 1449 | * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER: the TX power changed |
4797938c | 1450 | * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL: the channel/channel_type changed |
9124b077 | 1451 | * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS: retry limits changed |
5cff20e6 | 1452 | * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE: Idle flag changed |
0f78231b | 1453 | * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS: Spatial multiplexing powersave mode changed |
04ecd257 JB |
1454 | * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used, |
1455 | * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed. | |
e8975581 JB |
1456 | */ |
1457 | enum ieee80211_conf_changed { | |
0f78231b | 1458 | IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS = BIT(1), |
e8975581 | 1459 | IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL = BIT(2), |
0869aea0 | 1460 | IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR = BIT(3), |
e8975581 | 1461 | IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS = BIT(4), |
e255d5eb JB |
1462 | IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER = BIT(5), |
1463 | IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(6), | |
1464 | IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS = BIT(7), | |
5cff20e6 | 1465 | IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE = BIT(8), |
e8975581 JB |
1466 | }; |
1467 | ||
0f78231b JB |
1468 | /** |
1469 | * enum ieee80211_smps_mode - spatial multiplexing power save mode | |
1470 | * | |
9d173fc5 KV |
1471 | * @IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC: automatic |
1472 | * @IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF: off | |
1473 | * @IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC: static | |
1474 | * @IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic | |
1475 | * @IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES: internal, don't use | |
0f78231b JB |
1476 | */ |
1477 | enum ieee80211_smps_mode { | |
1478 | IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC, | |
1479 | IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF, | |
1480 | IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC, | |
1481 | IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC, | |
1482 | ||
1483 | /* keep last */ | |
1484 | IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES, | |
1485 | }; | |
1486 | ||
f0706e82 JB |
1487 | /** |
1488 | * struct ieee80211_conf - configuration of the device | |
1489 | * | |
1490 | * This struct indicates how the driver shall configure the hardware. | |
1491 | * | |
04fe2037 JB |
1492 | * @flags: configuration flags defined above |
1493 | * | |
ea95bba4 | 1494 | * @listen_interval: listen interval in units of beacon interval |
56007a02 JB |
1495 | * @ps_dtim_period: The DTIM period of the AP we're connected to, for use |
1496 | * in power saving. Power saving will not be enabled until a beacon | |
1497 | * has been received and the DTIM period is known. | |
04fe2037 JB |
1498 | * @dynamic_ps_timeout: The dynamic powersave timeout (in ms), see the |
1499 | * powersave documentation below. This variable is valid only when | |
1500 | * the CONF_PS flag is set. | |
1501 | * | |
1ea6f9c0 JB |
1502 | * @power_level: requested transmit power (in dBm), backward compatibility |
1503 | * value only that is set to the minimum of all interfaces | |
04fe2037 | 1504 | * |
675a0b04 | 1505 | * @chandef: the channel definition to tune to |
164eb02d | 1506 | * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled |
04fe2037 | 1507 | * |
9124b077 | 1508 | * @long_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "long" frame |
ad24b0da JB |
1509 | * (a frame not RTS protected), called "dot11LongRetryLimit" in 802.11, |
1510 | * but actually means the number of transmissions not the number of retries | |
9124b077 | 1511 | * @short_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "short" |
ad24b0da JB |
1512 | * frame, called "dot11ShortRetryLimit" in 802.11, but actually means the |
1513 | * number of transmissions not the number of retries | |
0f78231b JB |
1514 | * |
1515 | * @smps_mode: spatial multiplexing powersave mode; note that | |
1516 | * %IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC is used when the device is not | |
04ecd257 JB |
1517 | * configured for an HT channel. |
1518 | * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used, | |
1519 | * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed. | |
f0706e82 JB |
1520 | */ |
1521 | struct ieee80211_conf { | |
6b301cdf | 1522 | u32 flags; |
ff616381 | 1523 | int power_level, dynamic_ps_timeout; |
10816d40 | 1524 | |
e8975581 | 1525 | u16 listen_interval; |
56007a02 | 1526 | u8 ps_dtim_period; |
e8975581 | 1527 | |
9124b077 JB |
1528 | u8 long_frame_max_tx_count, short_frame_max_tx_count; |
1529 | ||
675a0b04 | 1530 | struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; |
164eb02d | 1531 | bool radar_enabled; |
0f78231b | 1532 | enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode; |
f0706e82 JB |
1533 | }; |
1534 | ||
5ce6e438 JB |
1535 | /** |
1536 | * struct ieee80211_channel_switch - holds the channel switch data | |
1537 | * | |
1538 | * The information provided in this structure is required for channel switch | |
1539 | * operation. | |
1540 | * | |
1541 | * @timestamp: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization | |
1542 | * Function (TSF) timer when the frame containing the channel switch | |
1543 | * announcement was received. This is simply the rx.mactime parameter | |
1544 | * the driver passed into mac80211. | |
2ba45384 LC |
1545 | * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, this is the |
1546 | * rx.device_timestamp parameter the driver passed to mac80211. | |
5ce6e438 JB |
1547 | * @block_tx: Indicates whether transmission must be blocked before the |
1548 | * scheduled channel switch, as indicated by the AP. | |
85220d71 | 1549 | * @chandef: the new channel to switch to |
5ce6e438 | 1550 | * @count: the number of TBTT's until the channel switch event |
ee145775 SS |
1551 | * @delay: maximum delay between the time the AP transmitted the last beacon in |
1552 | * current channel and the expected time of the first beacon in the new | |
1553 | * channel, expressed in TU. | |
5ce6e438 JB |
1554 | */ |
1555 | struct ieee80211_channel_switch { | |
1556 | u64 timestamp; | |
2ba45384 | 1557 | u32 device_timestamp; |
5ce6e438 | 1558 | bool block_tx; |
85220d71 | 1559 | struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; |
5ce6e438 | 1560 | u8 count; |
ee145775 | 1561 | u32 delay; |
5ce6e438 JB |
1562 | }; |
1563 | ||
c1288b12 JB |
1564 | /** |
1565 | * enum ieee80211_vif_flags - virtual interface flags | |
1566 | * | |
1567 | * @IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER: the device performs beacon filtering | |
1568 | * on this virtual interface to avoid unnecessary CPU wakeups | |
ea086359 JB |
1569 | * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI: the device can do connection quality |
1570 | * monitoring on this virtual interface -- i.e. it can monitor | |
1571 | * connection quality related parameters, such as the RSSI level and | |
1572 | * provide notifications if configured trigger levels are reached. | |
848955cc JB |
1573 | * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD: The device can do U-APSD for this |
1574 | * interface. This flag should be set during interface addition, | |
1575 | * but may be set/cleared as late as authentication to an AP. It is | |
1576 | * only valid for managed/station mode interfaces. | |
b115b972 JD |
1577 | * @IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE: request to handle NOA attributes |
1578 | * and send P2P_PS notification to the driver if NOA changed, even | |
1579 | * this is not pure P2P vif. | |
c1288b12 JB |
1580 | */ |
1581 | enum ieee80211_vif_flags { | |
1582 | IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER = BIT(0), | |
ea086359 | 1583 | IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI = BIT(1), |
848955cc | 1584 | IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD = BIT(2), |
b115b972 | 1585 | IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE = BIT(3), |
c1288b12 JB |
1586 | }; |
1587 | ||
32bfd35d JB |
1588 | /** |
1589 | * struct ieee80211_vif - per-interface data | |
1590 | * | |
1591 | * Data in this structure is continually present for driver | |
1592 | * use during the life of a virtual interface. | |
1593 | * | |
51fb61e7 | 1594 | * @type: type of this virtual interface |
bda3933a JB |
1595 | * @bss_conf: BSS configuration for this interface, either our own |
1596 | * or the BSS we're associated to | |
47846c9b | 1597 | * @addr: address of this interface |
2ca27bcf JB |
1598 | * @p2p: indicates whether this AP or STA interface is a p2p |
1599 | * interface, i.e. a GO or p2p-sta respectively | |
59af6928 MK |
1600 | * @csa_active: marks whether a channel switch is going on. Internally it is |
1601 | * write-protected by sdata_lock and local->mtx so holding either is fine | |
1602 | * for read access. | |
b5a33d52 | 1603 | * @mu_mimo_owner: indicates interface owns MU-MIMO capability |
c1288b12 JB |
1604 | * @driver_flags: flags/capabilities the driver has for this interface, |
1605 | * these need to be set (or cleared) when the interface is added | |
1606 | * or, if supported by the driver, the interface type is changed | |
1607 | * at runtime, mac80211 will never touch this field | |
3a25a8c8 JB |
1608 | * @hw_queue: hardware queue for each AC |
1609 | * @cab_queue: content-after-beacon (DTIM beacon really) queue, AP mode only | |
d01a1e65 MK |
1610 | * @chanctx_conf: The channel context this interface is assigned to, or %NULL |
1611 | * when it is not assigned. This pointer is RCU-protected due to the TX | |
1612 | * path needing to access it; even though the netdev carrier will always | |
1613 | * be off when it is %NULL there can still be races and packets could be | |
1614 | * processed after it switches back to %NULL. | |
ddbfe860 | 1615 | * @debugfs_dir: debugfs dentry, can be used by drivers to create own per |
ad24b0da | 1616 | * interface debug files. Note that it will be NULL for the virtual |
ddbfe860 | 1617 | * monitor interface (if that is requested.) |
1b09b556 AO |
1618 | * @probe_req_reg: probe requests should be reported to mac80211 for this |
1619 | * interface. | |
32bfd35d | 1620 | * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to |
b4f7f4ad | 1621 | * sizeof(void \*). |
ba8c3d6f | 1622 | * @txq: the multicast data TX queue (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction) |
21a5d4c3 MP |
1623 | * @txqs_stopped: per AC flag to indicate that intermediate TXQs are stopped, |
1624 | * protected by fq->lock. | |
32bfd35d JB |
1625 | */ |
1626 | struct ieee80211_vif { | |
05c914fe | 1627 | enum nl80211_iftype type; |
bda3933a | 1628 | struct ieee80211_bss_conf bss_conf; |
a3e2f4b6 | 1629 | u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); |
2ca27bcf | 1630 | bool p2p; |
73da7d5b | 1631 | bool csa_active; |
b5a33d52 | 1632 | bool mu_mimo_owner; |
3a25a8c8 JB |
1633 | |
1634 | u8 cab_queue; | |
1635 | u8 hw_queue[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS]; | |
1636 | ||
ba8c3d6f FF |
1637 | struct ieee80211_txq *txq; |
1638 | ||
d01a1e65 MK |
1639 | struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf __rcu *chanctx_conf; |
1640 | ||
c1288b12 | 1641 | u32 driver_flags; |
3a25a8c8 | 1642 | |
ddbfe860 SG |
1643 | #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS |
1644 | struct dentry *debugfs_dir; | |
1645 | #endif | |
1646 | ||
1b09b556 AO |
1647 | unsigned int probe_req_reg; |
1648 | ||
21a5d4c3 MP |
1649 | bool txqs_stopped[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS]; |
1650 | ||
32bfd35d | 1651 | /* must be last */ |
1c06ef98 | 1652 | u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); |
32bfd35d JB |
1653 | }; |
1654 | ||
902acc78 JB |
1655 | static inline bool ieee80211_vif_is_mesh(struct ieee80211_vif *vif) |
1656 | { | |
1657 | #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH | |
05c914fe | 1658 | return vif->type == NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT; |
902acc78 JB |
1659 | #endif |
1660 | return false; | |
1661 | } | |
1662 | ||
ad7e718c JB |
1663 | /** |
1664 | * wdev_to_ieee80211_vif - return a vif struct from a wdev | |
1665 | * @wdev: the wdev to get the vif for | |
1666 | * | |
1667 | * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs | |
1668 | * (like the vendor commands) that get a wdev. | |
1669 | * | |
1670 | * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't | |
1671 | * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor | |
1672 | * or AP_VLAN interfaces.) | |
1673 | */ | |
1674 | struct ieee80211_vif *wdev_to_ieee80211_vif(struct wireless_dev *wdev); | |
1675 | ||
dc5a1ad7 EG |
1676 | /** |
1677 | * ieee80211_vif_to_wdev - return a wdev struct from a vif | |
1678 | * @vif: the vif to get the wdev for | |
1679 | * | |
1680 | * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs | |
1681 | * (like the vendor commands) that needs to get the wdev for a vif. | |
1682 | * | |
1683 | * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't | |
1684 | * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor | |
1685 | * or AP_VLAN interfaces.) | |
1686 | */ | |
1687 | struct wireless_dev *ieee80211_vif_to_wdev(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | |
1688 | ||
7ac1bd6a JB |
1689 | /** |
1690 | * enum ieee80211_key_flags - key flags | |
1691 | * | |
1692 | * These flags are used for communication about keys between the driver | |
1693 | * and mac80211, with the @flags parameter of &struct ieee80211_key_conf. | |
1694 | * | |
7ac1bd6a JB |
1695 | * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV: This flag should be set by the |
1696 | * driver to indicate that it requires IV generation for this | |
db12847c IY |
1697 | * particular key. Setting this flag does not necessarily mean that SKBs |
1698 | * will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or MIC. | |
7ac1bd6a JB |
1699 | * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC: This flag should be set by |
1700 | * the driver for a TKIP key if it requires Michael MIC | |
1701 | * generation in software. | |
c6adbd21 ID |
1702 | * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE: Set by mac80211, this flag indicates |
1703 | * that the key is pairwise rather then a shared key. | |
e548c49e | 1704 | * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX: This flag should be set by the driver for a |
00b9cfa3 JM |
1705 | * CCMP/GCMP key if it requires CCMP/GCMP encryption of management frames |
1706 | * (MFP) to be done in software. | |
077a9154 | 1707 | * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver |
ee70108f | 1708 | * if space should be prepared for the IV, but the IV |
077a9154 | 1709 | * itself should not be generated. Do not set together with |
db12847c IY |
1710 | * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV on the same key. Setting this flag does |
1711 | * not necessarily mean that SKBs will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or | |
1712 | * MIC. | |
e548c49e JB |
1713 | * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT: This key will be used to decrypt received |
1714 | * management frames. The flag can help drivers that have a hardware | |
1715 | * crypto implementation that doesn't deal with management frames | |
1716 | * properly by allowing them to not upload the keys to hardware and | |
1717 | * fall back to software crypto. Note that this flag deals only with | |
1718 | * RX, if your crypto engine can't deal with TX you can also set the | |
1719 | * %IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX flag to encrypt such frames in SW. | |
17d38fa8 | 1720 | * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT: This flag should be set by the |
00b9cfa3 | 1721 | * driver for a CCMP/GCMP key to indicate that is requires IV generation |
ae4a50ee | 1722 | * only for management frames (MFP). |
db12847c IY |
1723 | * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM: This flag should be set by the |
1724 | * driver for a key to indicate that sufficient tailroom must always | |
1725 | * be reserved for ICV or MIC, even when HW encryption is enabled. | |
9de18d81 DS |
1726 | * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver for |
1727 | * a TKIP key if it only requires MIC space. Do not set together with | |
1728 | * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC on the same key. | |
96fc6efb | 1729 | * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_NO_AUTO_TX: Key needs explicit Tx activation. |
a0b4496a LB |
1730 | * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIE: This flag should be set by the driver |
1731 | * for a AES_CMAC key to indicate that it requires sequence number | |
1732 | * generation only | |
7848ba7d | 1733 | */ |
7ac1bd6a | 1734 | enum ieee80211_key_flags { |
17d38fa8 MK |
1735 | IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT = BIT(0), |
1736 | IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV = BIT(1), | |
1737 | IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC = BIT(2), | |
1738 | IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE = BIT(3), | |
1739 | IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX = BIT(4), | |
1740 | IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE = BIT(5), | |
1741 | IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT = BIT(6), | |
db12847c | 1742 | IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM = BIT(7), |
9de18d81 | 1743 | IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE = BIT(8), |
96fc6efb | 1744 | IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_NO_AUTO_TX = BIT(9), |
a0b4496a | 1745 | IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIE = BIT(10), |
7ac1bd6a | 1746 | }; |
11a843b7 | 1747 | |
7ac1bd6a JB |
1748 | /** |
1749 | * struct ieee80211_key_conf - key information | |
1750 | * | |
1751 | * This key information is given by mac80211 to the driver by | |
1752 | * the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops. | |
1753 | * | |
1754 | * @hw_key_idx: To be set by the driver, this is the key index the driver | |
1755 | * wants to be given when a frame is transmitted and needs to be | |
6a7664d4 | 1756 | * encrypted in hardware. |
97359d12 | 1757 | * @cipher: The key's cipher suite selector. |
f8079d43 EP |
1758 | * @tx_pn: PN used for TX keys, may be used by the driver as well if it |
1759 | * needs to do software PN assignment by itself (e.g. due to TSO) | |
7ac1bd6a JB |
1760 | * @flags: key flags, see &enum ieee80211_key_flags. |
1761 | * @keyidx: the key index (0-3) | |
1762 | * @keylen: key material length | |
ffd7891d LR |
1763 | * @key: key material. For ALG_TKIP the key is encoded as a 256-bit (32 byte) |
1764 | * data block: | |
1765 | * - Temporal Encryption Key (128 bits) | |
1766 | * - Temporal Authenticator Tx MIC Key (64 bits) | |
1767 | * - Temporal Authenticator Rx MIC Key (64 bits) | |
dc822b5d JB |
1768 | * @icv_len: The ICV length for this key type |
1769 | * @iv_len: The IV length for this key type | |
7ac1bd6a | 1770 | */ |
f0706e82 | 1771 | struct ieee80211_key_conf { |
db388a56 | 1772 | atomic64_t tx_pn; |
97359d12 | 1773 | u32 cipher; |
76708dee FF |
1774 | u8 icv_len; |
1775 | u8 iv_len; | |
6a7664d4 | 1776 | u8 hw_key_idx; |
11a843b7 | 1777 | s8 keyidx; |
9de18d81 | 1778 | u16 flags; |
11a843b7 | 1779 | u8 keylen; |
f0706e82 JB |
1780 | u8 key[0]; |
1781 | }; | |
1782 | ||
a31cf1c6 JB |
1783 | #define IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN 16 |
1784 | ||
f8079d43 EP |
1785 | #define TKIP_PN_TO_IV16(pn) ((u16)(pn & 0xffff)) |
1786 | #define TKIP_PN_TO_IV32(pn) ((u32)((pn >> 16) & 0xffffffff)) | |
1787 | ||
9352c19f JB |
1788 | /** |
1789 | * struct ieee80211_key_seq - key sequence counter | |
1790 | * | |
1791 | * @tkip: TKIP data, containing IV32 and IV16 in host byte order | |
1792 | * @ccmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian, | |
1793 | * reverse order than in packet) | |
1794 | * @aes_cmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian, | |
1795 | * reverse order than in packet) | |
1796 | * @aes_gmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian, | |
1797 | * reverse order than in packet) | |
1798 | * @gcmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian, | |
1799 | * reverse order than in packet) | |
a31cf1c6 | 1800 | * @hw: data for HW-only (e.g. cipher scheme) keys |
9352c19f JB |
1801 | */ |
1802 | struct ieee80211_key_seq { | |
1803 | union { | |
1804 | struct { | |
1805 | u32 iv32; | |
1806 | u16 iv16; | |
1807 | } tkip; | |
1808 | struct { | |
1809 | u8 pn[6]; | |
1810 | } ccmp; | |
1811 | struct { | |
1812 | u8 pn[6]; | |
1813 | } aes_cmac; | |
1814 | struct { | |
1815 | u8 pn[6]; | |
1816 | } aes_gmac; | |
1817 | struct { | |
1818 | u8 pn[6]; | |
1819 | } gcmp; | |
a31cf1c6 JB |
1820 | struct { |
1821 | u8 seq[IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN]; | |
1822 | u8 seq_len; | |
1823 | } hw; | |
9352c19f JB |
1824 | }; |
1825 | }; | |
1826 | ||
2475b1cc MS |
1827 | /** |
1828 | * struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme - cipher scheme | |
1829 | * | |
1830 | * This structure contains a cipher scheme information defining | |
1831 | * the secure packet crypto handling. | |
1832 | * | |
1833 | * @cipher: a cipher suite selector | |
1834 | * @iftype: a cipher iftype bit mask indicating an allowed cipher usage | |
1835 | * @hdr_len: a length of a security header used the cipher | |
1836 | * @pn_len: a length of a packet number in the security header | |
1837 | * @pn_off: an offset of pn from the beginning of the security header | |
1838 | * @key_idx_off: an offset of key index byte in the security header | |
1839 | * @key_idx_mask: a bit mask of key_idx bits | |
1840 | * @key_idx_shift: a bit shift needed to get key_idx | |
1841 | * key_idx value calculation: | |
1842 | * (sec_header_base[key_idx_off] & key_idx_mask) >> key_idx_shift | |
1843 | * @mic_len: a mic length in bytes | |
1844 | */ | |
1845 | struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme { | |
1846 | u32 cipher; | |
1847 | u16 iftype; | |
1848 | u8 hdr_len; | |
1849 | u8 pn_len; | |
1850 | u8 pn_off; | |
1851 | u8 key_idx_off; | |
1852 | u8 key_idx_mask; | |
1853 | u8 key_idx_shift; | |
1854 | u8 mic_len; | |
1855 | }; | |
1856 | ||
7ac1bd6a JB |
1857 | /** |
1858 | * enum set_key_cmd - key command | |
1859 | * | |
1860 | * Used with the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this | |
1861 | * indicates whether a key is being removed or added. | |
1862 | * | |
1863 | * @SET_KEY: a key is set | |
1864 | * @DISABLE_KEY: a key must be disabled | |
1865 | */ | |
ea49c359 | 1866 | enum set_key_cmd { |
11a843b7 | 1867 | SET_KEY, DISABLE_KEY, |
ea49c359 | 1868 | }; |
f0706e82 | 1869 | |
f09603a2 JB |
1870 | /** |
1871 | * enum ieee80211_sta_state - station state | |
1872 | * | |
1873 | * @IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST: station doesn't exist at all, | |
1874 | * this is a special state for add/remove transitions | |
1875 | * @IEEE80211_STA_NONE: station exists without special state | |
1876 | * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTH: station is authenticated | |
1877 | * @IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC: station is associated | |
1878 | * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X) | |
1879 | */ | |
1880 | enum ieee80211_sta_state { | |
1881 | /* NOTE: These need to be ordered correctly! */ | |
1882 | IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST, | |
1883 | IEEE80211_STA_NONE, | |
1884 | IEEE80211_STA_AUTH, | |
1885 | IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC, | |
1886 | IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED, | |
1887 | }; | |
1888 | ||
e1a0c6b3 JB |
1889 | /** |
1890 | * enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth - station RX bandwidth | |
1891 | * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20: station can only receive 20 MHz | |
1892 | * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40: station can receive up to 40 MHz | |
1893 | * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80: station can receive up to 80 MHz | |
1894 | * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160: station can receive up to 160 MHz | |
1895 | * (including 80+80 MHz) | |
1896 | * | |
1897 | * Implementation note: 20 must be zero to be initialized | |
1898 | * correctly, the values must be sorted. | |
1899 | */ | |
1900 | enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth { | |
1901 | IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20 = 0, | |
1902 | IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40, | |
1903 | IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80, | |
1904 | IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160, | |
1905 | }; | |
1906 | ||
0d528d85 FF |
1907 | /** |
1908 | * struct ieee80211_sta_rates - station rate selection table | |
1909 | * | |
1910 | * @rcu_head: RCU head used for freeing the table on update | |
03f831a6 | 1911 | * @rate: transmit rates/flags to be used by default. |
0d528d85 FF |
1912 | * Overriding entries per-packet is possible by using cb tx control. |
1913 | */ | |
1914 | struct ieee80211_sta_rates { | |
1915 | struct rcu_head rcu_head; | |
1916 | struct { | |
1917 | s8 idx; | |
1918 | u8 count; | |
1919 | u8 count_cts; | |
1920 | u8 count_rts; | |
1921 | u16 flags; | |
1922 | } rate[IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE]; | |
1923 | }; | |
1924 | ||
ba905bf4 ARN |
1925 | /** |
1926 | * struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration | |
1927 | * | |
1928 | * Used to configure txpower for station. | |
1929 | * | |
1930 | * @power: indicates the tx power, in dBm, to be used when sending data frames | |
1931 | * to the STA. | |
1932 | * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power | |
1933 | * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC | |
1934 | * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. | |
1935 | * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for | |
1936 | * per peer TPC. | |
1937 | */ | |
1938 | struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr { | |
1939 | s16 power; | |
1940 | enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; | |
1941 | }; | |
1942 | ||
17741cdc JB |
1943 | /** |
1944 | * struct ieee80211_sta - station table entry | |
1945 | * | |
1946 | * A station table entry represents a station we are possibly | |
1947 | * communicating with. Since stations are RCU-managed in | |
1948 | * mac80211, any ieee80211_sta pointer you get access to must | |
1949 | * either be protected by rcu_read_lock() explicitly or implicitly, | |
1950 | * or you must take good care to not use such a pointer after a | |
34e89507 | 1951 | * call to your sta_remove callback that removed it. |
17741cdc JB |
1952 | * |
1953 | * @addr: MAC address | |
1954 | * @aid: AID we assigned to the station if we're an AP | |
323ce79a | 1955 | * @supp_rates: Bitmap of supported rates (per band) |
55d942f4 JB |
1956 | * @ht_cap: HT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities |
1957 | * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities | |
41cbb0f5 | 1958 | * @he_cap: HE capabilities of this STA |
480dd46b MA |
1959 | * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximal amount of frames in a single AMPDU |
1960 | * that this station is allowed to transmit to us. | |
1961 | * Can be modified by driver. | |
527871d7 JB |
1962 | * @wme: indicates whether the STA supports QoS/WME (if local devices does, |
1963 | * otherwise always false) | |
17741cdc | 1964 | * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to |
b4f7f4ad | 1965 | * sizeof(void \*), size is determined in hw information. |
910868db | 1966 | * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Only valid |
f438ceb8 EG |
1967 | * if wme is supported. The bits order is like in |
1968 | * IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_*. | |
910868db | 1969 | * @max_sp: max Service Period. Only valid if wme is supported. |
e1a0c6b3 | 1970 | * @bandwidth: current bandwidth the station can receive with |
8921d04e JB |
1971 | * @rx_nss: in HT/VHT, the maximum number of spatial streams the |
1972 | * station can receive at the moment, changed by operating mode | |
1973 | * notifications and capabilities. The value is only valid after | |
1974 | * the station moves to associated state. | |
af0ed69b | 1975 | * @smps_mode: current SMPS mode (off, static or dynamic) |
03f831a6 | 1976 | * @rates: rate control selection table |
0c4972cc | 1977 | * @tdls: indicates whether the STA is a TDLS peer |
8b94148c AN |
1978 | * @tdls_initiator: indicates the STA is an initiator of the TDLS link. Only |
1979 | * valid if the STA is a TDLS peer in the first place. | |
93f0490e | 1980 | * @mfp: indicates whether the STA uses management frame protection or not. |
506bcfa8 EG |
1981 | * @max_amsdu_subframes: indicates the maximal number of MSDUs in a single |
1982 | * A-MSDU. Taken from the Extended Capabilities element. 0 means | |
1983 | * unlimited. | |
52cfa1d6 | 1984 | * @support_p2p_ps: indicates whether the STA supports P2P PS mechanism or not. |
6e0456b5 | 1985 | * @max_rc_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes recommended by rate control. |
edba6bda | 1986 | * @max_tid_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes for this TID |
adf8ed01 JB |
1987 | * @txq: per-TID data TX queues (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction); note that |
1988 | * the last entry (%IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) is used for non-data frames | |
17741cdc JB |
1989 | */ |
1990 | struct ieee80211_sta { | |
57fbcce3 | 1991 | u32 supp_rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; |
17741cdc JB |
1992 | u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; |
1993 | u16 aid; | |
d9fe60de | 1994 | struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; |
818255ea | 1995 | struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; |
41cbb0f5 LC |
1996 | struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; |
1997 | u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes; | |
39df600a | 1998 | bool wme; |
9533b4ac EP |
1999 | u8 uapsd_queues; |
2000 | u8 max_sp; | |
8921d04e | 2001 | u8 rx_nss; |
e1a0c6b3 | 2002 | enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth bandwidth; |
af0ed69b | 2003 | enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode; |
0d528d85 | 2004 | struct ieee80211_sta_rates __rcu *rates; |
0c4972cc | 2005 | bool tdls; |
8b94148c | 2006 | bool tdls_initiator; |
93f0490e | 2007 | bool mfp; |
506bcfa8 | 2008 | u8 max_amsdu_subframes; |
57eeb208 JB |
2009 | |
2010 | /** | |
2011 | * @max_amsdu_len: | |
2012 | * indicates the maximal length of an A-MSDU in bytes. | |
2013 | * This field is always valid for packets with a VHT preamble. | |
2014 | * For packets with a HT preamble, additional limits apply: | |
2015 | * | |
2016 | * * If the skb is transmitted as part of a BA agreement, the | |
2017 | * A-MSDU maximal size is min(max_amsdu_len, 4065) bytes. | |
ae4a50ee | 2018 | * * If the skb is not part of a BA agreement, the A-MSDU maximal |
57eeb208 JB |
2019 | * size is min(max_amsdu_len, 7935) bytes. |
2020 | * | |
2021 | * Both additional HT limits must be enforced by the low level | |
2022 | * driver. This is defined by the spec (IEEE 802.11-2012 section | |
2023 | * 8.3.2.2 NOTE 2). | |
2024 | */ | |
506bcfa8 | 2025 | u16 max_amsdu_len; |
52cfa1d6 | 2026 | bool support_p2p_ps; |
6e0456b5 | 2027 | u16 max_rc_amsdu_len; |
edba6bda | 2028 | u16 max_tid_amsdu_len[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS]; |
ba905bf4 | 2029 | struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr txpwr; |
17741cdc | 2030 | |
adf8ed01 | 2031 | struct ieee80211_txq *txq[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS + 1]; |
ba8c3d6f | 2032 | |
17741cdc | 2033 | /* must be last */ |
1c06ef98 | 2034 | u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); |
17741cdc JB |
2035 | }; |
2036 | ||
478f8d2b TW |
2037 | /** |
2038 | * enum sta_notify_cmd - sta notify command | |
2039 | * | |
2040 | * Used with the sta_notify() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this | |
38a6cc75 | 2041 | * indicates if an associated station made a power state transition. |
478f8d2b | 2042 | * |
4571d3bf CL |
2043 | * @STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP: a station is now sleeping |
2044 | * @STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE: a sleeping station woke up | |
2045 | */ | |
89fad578 | 2046 | enum sta_notify_cmd { |
4571d3bf CL |
2047 | STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP, STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE, |
2048 | }; | |
2049 | ||
36323f81 TH |
2050 | /** |
2051 | * struct ieee80211_tx_control - TX control data | |
2052 | * | |
2053 | * @sta: station table entry, this sta pointer may be NULL and | |
2054 | * it is not allowed to copy the pointer, due to RCU. | |
2055 | */ | |
2056 | struct ieee80211_tx_control { | |
2057 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta; | |
2058 | }; | |
2059 | ||
ba8c3d6f FF |
2060 | /** |
2061 | * struct ieee80211_txq - Software intermediate tx queue | |
2062 | * | |
2063 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | |
2064 | * @sta: station table entry, %NULL for per-vif queue | |
adf8ed01 JB |
2065 | * @tid: the TID for this queue (unused for per-vif queue), |
2066 | * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS for non-data (if enabled) | |
ba8c3d6f | 2067 | * @ac: the AC for this queue |
f8bdbb58 | 2068 | * @drv_priv: driver private area, sized by hw->txq_data_size |
ba8c3d6f FF |
2069 | * |
2070 | * The driver can obtain packets from this queue by calling | |
2071 | * ieee80211_tx_dequeue(). | |
2072 | */ | |
2073 | struct ieee80211_txq { | |
2074 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif; | |
2075 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta; | |
2076 | u8 tid; | |
2077 | u8 ac; | |
2078 | ||
2079 | /* must be last */ | |
2080 | u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); | |
2081 | }; | |
2082 | ||
1bc0826c JB |
2083 | /** |
2084 | * enum ieee80211_hw_flags - hardware flags | |
2085 | * | |
2086 | * These flags are used to indicate hardware capabilities to | |
2087 | * the stack. Generally, flags here should have their meaning | |
2088 | * done in a way that the simplest hardware doesn't need setting | |
2089 | * any particular flags. There are some exceptions to this rule, | |
2090 | * however, so you are advised to review these flags carefully. | |
2091 | * | |
af65cd96 JB |
2092 | * @IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL: |
2093 | * The hardware or firmware includes rate control, and cannot be | |
2094 | * controlled by the stack. As such, no rate control algorithm | |
2095 | * should be instantiated, and the TX rate reported to userspace | |
2096 | * will be taken from the TX status instead of the rate control | |
2097 | * algorithm. | |
2098 | * Note that this requires that the driver implement a number of | |
2099 | * callbacks so it has the correct information, it needs to have | |
2100 | * the @set_rts_threshold callback and must look at the BSS config | |
2101 | * @use_cts_prot for G/N protection, @use_short_slot for slot | |
2102 | * timing in 2.4 GHz and @use_short_preamble for preambles for | |
2103 | * CCK frames. | |
2104 | * | |
1bc0826c JB |
2105 | * @IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS: |
2106 | * Indicates that received frames passed to the stack include | |
2107 | * the FCS at the end. | |
2108 | * | |
2109 | * @IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING: | |
2110 | * Some wireless LAN chipsets buffer broadcast/multicast frames | |
2111 | * for power saving stations in the hardware/firmware and others | |
2112 | * rely on the host system for such buffering. This option is used | |
2113 | * to configure the IEEE 802.11 upper layer to buffer broadcast and | |
2114 | * multicast frames when there are power saving stations so that | |
546c80c9 | 2115 | * the driver can fetch them with ieee80211_get_buffered_bc(). |
1bc0826c | 2116 | * |
566bfe5a BR |
2117 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: |
2118 | * Hardware can provide signal values but we don't know its units. We | |
2119 | * expect values between 0 and @max_signal. | |
2120 | * If possible please provide dB or dBm instead. | |
2121 | * | |
566bfe5a BR |
2122 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM: |
2123 | * Hardware gives signal values in dBm, decibel difference from | |
2124 | * one milliwatt. This is the preferred method since it is standardized | |
2125 | * between different devices. @max_signal does not need to be set. | |
2126 | * | |
06ff47bc TW |
2127 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT: |
2128 | * Hardware supports spectrum management defined in 802.11h | |
2129 | * Measurement, Channel Switch, Quieting, TPC | |
8b30b1fe S |
2130 | * |
2131 | * @IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION: | |
2132 | * Hardware supports 11n A-MPDU aggregation. | |
520eb820 | 2133 | * |
4be8c387 JB |
2134 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS: |
2135 | * Hardware has power save support (i.e. can go to sleep). | |
2136 | * | |
2137 | * @IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK: | |
2138 | * Hardware requires nullfunc frame handling in stack, implies | |
2139 | * stack support for dynamic PS. | |
2140 | * | |
2141 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS: | |
2142 | * Hardware has support for dynamic PS. | |
4375d083 JM |
2143 | * |
2144 | * @IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE: | |
2145 | * Hardware supports management frame protection (MFP, IEEE 802.11w). | |
04de8381 | 2146 | * |
375177bf VN |
2147 | * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS: |
2148 | * Hardware can provide ack status reports of Tx frames to | |
2149 | * the stack. | |
2150 | * | |
1e4dcd01 | 2151 | * @IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR: |
ad24b0da JB |
2152 | * The hardware performs its own connection monitoring, including |
2153 | * periodic keep-alives to the AP and probing the AP on beacon loss. | |
a97c13c3 | 2154 | * |
c65dd147 EG |
2155 | * @IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC: |
2156 | * This device needs to get data from beacon before association (i.e. | |
2157 | * dtim_period). | |
e31b8213 JB |
2158 | * |
2159 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK: The device's crypto engine supports | |
2160 | * per-station GTKs as used by IBSS RSN or during fast transition. If | |
2161 | * the device doesn't support per-station GTKs, but can be asked not | |
2162 | * to decrypt group addressed frames, then IBSS RSN support is still | |
2163 | * possible but software crypto will be used. Advertise the wiphy flag | |
2164 | * only in that case. | |
d057e5a3 AN |
2165 | * |
2166 | * @IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS: When operating in AP mode the device | |
2167 | * autonomously manages the PS status of connected stations. When | |
2168 | * this flag is set mac80211 will not trigger PS mode for connected | |
2169 | * stations based on the PM bit of incoming frames. | |
2170 | * Use ieee80211_start_ps()/ieee8021_end_ps() to manually configure | |
2171 | * the PS mode of connected stations. | |
edf6b784 AN |
2172 | * |
2173 | * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW: The device handles TX A-MPDU session | |
2174 | * setup strictly in HW. mac80211 should not attempt to do this in | |
2175 | * software. | |
885bd8ec | 2176 | * |
4b6f1dd6 JB |
2177 | * @IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF: The driver would like to be informed of |
2178 | * a virtual monitor interface when monitor interfaces are the only | |
2179 | * active interfaces. | |
3a25a8c8 | 2180 | * |
e27513fb BG |
2181 | * @IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF: The driver would like for no wlanX to |
2182 | * be created. It is expected user-space will create vifs as | |
2183 | * desired (and thus have them named as desired). | |
2184 | * | |
fa7e1fbc JB |
2185 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL: The driver wants to control which of the |
2186 | * crypto algorithms can be done in software - so don't automatically | |
2187 | * try to fall back to it if hardware crypto fails, but do so only if | |
2188 | * the driver returns 1. This also forces the driver to advertise its | |
2189 | * supported cipher suites. | |
2190 | * | |
17c18bf8 JB |
2191 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT: The driver/hardware supports fast-xmit, |
2192 | * this currently requires only the ability to calculate the duration | |
2193 | * for frames. | |
2194 | * | |
3a25a8c8 JB |
2195 | * @IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL: The driver wants to control per-interface |
2196 | * queue mapping in order to use different queues (not just one per AC) | |
2197 | * for different virtual interfaces. See the doc section on HW queue | |
2198 | * control for more details. | |
6d71117a | 2199 | * |
0d528d85 FF |
2200 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE: The driver supports using a rate |
2201 | * selection table provided by the rate control algorithm. | |
2202 | * | |
6d71117a JB |
2203 | * @IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF: Use the P2P Device address for any |
2204 | * P2P Interface. This will be honoured even if more than one interface | |
2205 | * is supported. | |
ef429dad JB |
2206 | * |
2207 | * @IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY: Use sync timing from beacon frames | |
2208 | * only, to allow getting TBTT of a DTIM beacon. | |
7578d575 | 2209 | * |
919be62b JB |
2210 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES: Hardware supports mixing HT/CCK rates |
2211 | * and can cope with CCK rates in an aggregation session (e.g. by not | |
2212 | * using aggregation for such frames.) | |
2213 | * | |
7578d575 AN |
2214 | * @IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA: Support 802.11h based channel-switch (CSA) |
2215 | * for a single active channel while using channel contexts. When support | |
2216 | * is not enabled the default action is to disconnect when getting the | |
2217 | * CSA frame. | |
5d52ee81 | 2218 | * |
c70f59a2 IY |
2219 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS: The driver will never modify the payload |
2220 | * or tailroom of TX skbs without copying them first. | |
2221 | * | |
c526a467 | 2222 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS: The HW supports scanning on all bands |
c56ef672 | 2223 | * in one command, mac80211 doesn't have to run separate scans per band. |
30686bf7 | 2224 | * |
b98fb44f AN |
2225 | * @IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW: The device/driver supports wider bandwidth |
2226 | * than then BSS bandwidth for a TDLS link on the base channel. | |
2227 | * | |
99e7ca44 EG |
2228 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU: The driver supports receiving A-MSDUs |
2229 | * within A-MPDU. | |
2230 | * | |
35afa588 HS |
2231 | * @IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS: The device/driver provides TX status |
2232 | * for sent beacons. | |
2233 | * | |
31104891 JB |
2234 | * @IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR: Hardware (or driver) requires that each |
2235 | * station has a unique address, i.e. each station entry can be identified | |
2236 | * by just its MAC address; this prevents, for example, the same station | |
2237 | * from connecting to two virtual AP interfaces at the same time. | |
2238 | * | |
412a6d80 SS |
2239 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER: Hardware (or driver) manages the |
2240 | * reordering buffer internally, guaranteeing mac80211 receives frames in | |
2241 | * order and does not need to manage its own reorder buffer or BA session | |
2242 | * timeout. | |
2243 | * | |
c9c5962b JB |
2244 | * @IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS: The device uses RSS and thus requires parallel RX, |
2245 | * which implies using per-CPU station statistics. | |
2246 | * | |
6e0456b5 FF |
2247 | * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU: Hardware (or driver) supports software aggregated |
2248 | * A-MSDU frames. Requires software tx queueing and fast-xmit support. | |
2249 | * When not using minstrel/minstrel_ht rate control, the driver must | |
2250 | * limit the maximum A-MSDU size based on the current tx rate by setting | |
2251 | * max_rc_amsdu_len in struct ieee80211_sta. | |
2252 | * | |
2253 | * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST: Hardware (or driver) supports sending frag_list | |
2254 | * skbs, needed for zero-copy software A-MSDU. | |
2255 | * | |
e8a24cd4 RM |
2256 | * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK: The driver (or firmware) reports low ack event |
2257 | * by ieee80211_report_low_ack() based on its own algorithm. For such | |
2258 | * drivers, mac80211 packet loss mechanism will not be triggered and driver | |
2259 | * is completely depending on firmware event for station kickout. | |
2260 | * | |
f3fe4e93 SS |
2261 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG: Hardware does fragmentation by itself. |
2262 | * The stack will not do fragmentation. | |
2263 | * The callback for @set_frag_threshold should be set as well. | |
2264 | * | |
e2fb1b83 YT |
2265 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA: Hardware supports buffer STA on |
2266 | * TDLS links. | |
2267 | * | |
94ba9271 IP |
2268 | * @IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP: The driver requires the |
2269 | * mgd_prepare_tx() callback to be called before transmission of a | |
2270 | * deauthentication frame in case the association was completed but no | |
2271 | * beacon was heard. This is required in multi-channel scenarios, where the | |
2272 | * virtual interface might not be given air time for the transmission of | |
2273 | * the frame, as it is not synced with the AP/P2P GO yet, and thus the | |
2274 | * deauthentication frame might not be transmitted. | |
d1361b32 | 2275 | * |
7c181f4f BCD |
2276 | * @IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP: The driver (or firmware) doesn't |
2277 | * support QoS NDP for AP probing - that's most likely a driver bug. | |
94ba9271 | 2278 | * |
adf8ed01 JB |
2279 | * @IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ: use the TXQ for bufferable MMPDUs, this of |
2280 | * course requires the driver to use TXQs to start with. | |
2281 | * | |
09b4a4fa JB |
2282 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW: (Hardware) rate control supports VHT |
2283 | * extended NSS BW (dot11VHTExtendedNSSBWCapable). This flag will be set if | |
2284 | * the selected rate control algorithm sets %RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW | |
2285 | * but if the rate control is built-in then it must be set by the driver. | |
2286 | * See also the documentation for that flag. | |
2287 | * | |
0eeb2b67 SS |
2288 | * @IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ: use the extra non-TID per-station TXQ for all |
2289 | * MMPDUs on station interfaces. This of course requires the driver to use | |
2290 | * TXQs to start with. | |
2291 | * | |
77f7ffdc FF |
2292 | * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_STATUS_NO_AMPDU_LEN: Driver does not report accurate A-MPDU |
2293 | * length in tx status information | |
2294 | * | |
caf56338 SS |
2295 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID: Hardware supports multi BSSID |
2296 | * | |
2297 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_ONLY_HE_MULTI_BSSID: Hardware supports multi BSSID | |
2298 | * only for HE APs. Applies if @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID is set. | |
2299 | * | |
dc3998ec AW |
2300 | * @IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_KEYBORDER_SUPPORT: The card and driver is only |
2301 | * aggregating MPDUs with the same keyid, allowing mac80211 to keep Tx | |
2302 | * A-MPDU sessions active while rekeying with Extended Key ID. | |
2303 | * | |
30686bf7 | 2304 | * @NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS: number of hardware flags, used for sizing arrays |
1bc0826c JB |
2305 | */ |
2306 | enum ieee80211_hw_flags { | |
30686bf7 JB |
2307 | IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL, |
2308 | IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS, | |
2309 | IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING, | |
2310 | IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC, | |
2311 | IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM, | |
2312 | IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC, | |
2313 | IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT, | |
2314 | IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION, | |
2315 | IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS, | |
2316 | IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK, | |
2317 | IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS, | |
2318 | IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE, | |
2319 | IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF, | |
2320 | IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF, | |
2321 | IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL, | |
2322 | IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT, | |
2323 | IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS, | |
2324 | IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR, | |
2325 | IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL, | |
2326 | IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK, | |
2327 | IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS, | |
2328 | IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW, | |
2329 | IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE, | |
2330 | IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF, | |
2331 | IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY, | |
2332 | IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES, | |
2333 | IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA, | |
2334 | IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS, | |
2335 | IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS, | |
b98fb44f | 2336 | IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW, |
99e7ca44 | 2337 | IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU, |
35afa588 | 2338 | IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS, |
31104891 | 2339 | IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR, |
412a6d80 | 2340 | IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER, |
c9c5962b | 2341 | IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS, |
6e0456b5 FF |
2342 | IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU, |
2343 | IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST, | |
e8a24cd4 | 2344 | IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK, |
f3fe4e93 | 2345 | IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG, |
e2fb1b83 | 2346 | IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA, |
94ba9271 | 2347 | IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP, |
7c181f4f | 2348 | IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP, |
adf8ed01 | 2349 | IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ, |
09b4a4fa | 2350 | IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW, |
0eeb2b67 | 2351 | IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ, |
77f7ffdc | 2352 | IEEE80211_HW_TX_STATUS_NO_AMPDU_LEN, |
caf56338 SS |
2353 | IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID, |
2354 | IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_ONLY_HE_MULTI_BSSID, | |
dc3998ec | 2355 | IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_KEYBORDER_SUPPORT, |
30686bf7 JB |
2356 | |
2357 | /* keep last, obviously */ | |
2358 | NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS | |
1bc0826c JB |
2359 | }; |
2360 | ||
7ac1bd6a JB |
2361 | /** |
2362 | * struct ieee80211_hw - hardware information and state | |
75a5f0cc JB |
2363 | * |
2364 | * This structure contains the configuration and hardware | |
2365 | * information for an 802.11 PHY. | |
2366 | * | |
2367 | * @wiphy: This points to the &struct wiphy allocated for this | |
2368 | * 802.11 PHY. You must fill in the @perm_addr and @dev | |
2369 | * members of this structure using SET_IEEE80211_DEV() | |
8318d78a JB |
2370 | * and SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(). Additionally, all supported |
2371 | * bands (with channels, bitrates) are registered here. | |
75a5f0cc JB |
2372 | * |
2373 | * @conf: &struct ieee80211_conf, device configuration, don't use. | |
2374 | * | |
75a5f0cc JB |
2375 | * @priv: pointer to private area that was allocated for driver use |
2376 | * along with this structure. | |
2377 | * | |
2378 | * @flags: hardware flags, see &enum ieee80211_hw_flags. | |
2379 | * | |
2380 | * @extra_tx_headroom: headroom to reserve in each transmit skb | |
2381 | * for use by the driver (e.g. for transmit headers.) | |
2382 | * | |
70dabeb7 FF |
2383 | * @extra_beacon_tailroom: tailroom to reserve in each beacon tx skb. |
2384 | * Can be used by drivers to add extra IEs. | |
75a5f0cc | 2385 | * |
566bfe5a | 2386 | * @max_signal: Maximum value for signal (rssi) in RX information, used |
ad24b0da | 2387 | * only when @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC or @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB |
75a5f0cc | 2388 | * |
ea95bba4 | 2389 | * @max_listen_interval: max listen interval in units of beacon interval |
ad24b0da | 2390 | * that HW supports |
ea95bba4 | 2391 | * |
75a5f0cc | 2392 | * @queues: number of available hardware transmit queues for |
e100bb64 JB |
2393 | * data packets. WMM/QoS requires at least four, these |
2394 | * queues need to have configurable access parameters. | |
2395 | * | |
830f9038 JB |
2396 | * @rate_control_algorithm: rate control algorithm for this hardware. |
2397 | * If unset (NULL), the default algorithm will be used. Must be | |
2398 | * set before calling ieee80211_register_hw(). | |
32bfd35d JB |
2399 | * |
2400 | * @vif_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area | |
2401 | * within &struct ieee80211_vif. | |
17741cdc JB |
2402 | * @sta_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area |
2403 | * within &struct ieee80211_sta. | |
d01a1e65 MK |
2404 | * @chanctx_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area |
2405 | * within &struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf. | |
ba8c3d6f FF |
2406 | * @txq_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area |
2407 | * within @struct ieee80211_txq. | |
870abdf6 | 2408 | * |
78be49ec HS |
2409 | * @max_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages the hw |
2410 | * can handle. | |
2411 | * @max_report_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages | |
2412 | * the hw can report back. | |
e6a9854b | 2413 | * @max_rate_tries: maximum number of tries for each stage |
4e6cbfd0 | 2414 | * |
df6ba5d8 LC |
2415 | * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximum buffer size (number of |
2416 | * sub-frames) to be used for A-MPDU block ack receiver | |
2417 | * aggregation. | |
2418 | * This is only relevant if the device has restrictions on the | |
2419 | * number of subframes, if it relies on mac80211 to do reordering | |
2420 | * it shouldn't be set. | |
5dd36bc9 JB |
2421 | * |
2422 | * @max_tx_aggregation_subframes: maximum number of subframes in an | |
41cbb0f5 LC |
2423 | * aggregate an HT/HE device will transmit. In HT AddBA we'll |
2424 | * advertise a constant value of 64 as some older APs crash if | |
2425 | * the window size is smaller (an example is LinkSys WRT120N | |
2426 | * with FW v1.0.07 build 002 Jun 18 2012). | |
2427 | * For AddBA to HE capable peers this value will be used. | |
3a25a8c8 | 2428 | * |
6e0456b5 FF |
2429 | * @max_tx_fragments: maximum number of tx buffers per (A)-MSDU, sum |
2430 | * of 1 + skb_shinfo(skb)->nr_frags for each skb in the frag_list. | |
2431 | * | |
3a25a8c8 JB |
2432 | * @offchannel_tx_hw_queue: HW queue ID to use for offchannel TX |
2433 | * (if %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL is set) | |
ac55d2fe JB |
2434 | * |
2435 | * @radiotap_mcs_details: lists which MCS information can the HW | |
2436 | * reports, by default it is set to _MCS, _GI and _BW but doesn't | |
b4f7f4ad | 2437 | * include _FMT. Use %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_\* values, only |
ac55d2fe | 2438 | * adding _BW is supported today. |
72d78728 | 2439 | * |
51648921 JB |
2440 | * @radiotap_vht_details: lists which VHT MCS information the HW reports, |
2441 | * the default is _GI | _BANDWIDTH. | |
b4f7f4ad | 2442 | * Use the %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_VHT_KNOWN_\* values. |
51648921 | 2443 | * |
41cbb0f5 LC |
2444 | * @radiotap_he: HE radiotap validity flags |
2445 | * | |
99ee7cae | 2446 | * @radiotap_timestamp: Information for the radiotap timestamp field; if the |
7d419463 | 2447 | * @units_pos member is set to a non-negative value then the timestamp |
99ee7cae | 2448 | * field will be added and populated from the &struct ieee80211_rx_status |
7d419463 JB |
2449 | * device_timestamp. |
2450 | * @radiotap_timestamp.units_pos: Must be set to a combination of a | |
2451 | * IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_UNIT_* and a | |
2452 | * IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_SPOS_* value. | |
2453 | * @radiotap_timestamp.accuracy: If non-negative, fills the accuracy in the | |
2454 | * radiotap field and the accuracy known flag will be set. | |
99ee7cae | 2455 | * |
72d78728 | 2456 | * @netdev_features: netdev features to be set in each netdev created |
680a0dab JB |
2457 | * from this HW. Note that not all features are usable with mac80211, |
2458 | * other features will be rejected during HW registration. | |
219c3867 AB |
2459 | * |
2460 | * @uapsd_queues: This bitmap is included in (re)association frame to indicate | |
2461 | * for each access category if it is uAPSD trigger-enabled and delivery- | |
2462 | * enabled. Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_* to set this bitmap. | |
2463 | * Each bit corresponds to different AC. Value '1' in specific bit means | |
2464 | * that corresponding AC is both trigger- and delivery-enabled. '0' means | |
2465 | * neither enabled. | |
2466 | * | |
2467 | * @uapsd_max_sp_len: maximum number of total buffered frames the WMM AP may | |
2468 | * deliver to a WMM STA during any Service Period triggered by the WMM STA. | |
2469 | * Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_SP_* for correct values. | |
2475b1cc MS |
2470 | * |
2471 | * @n_cipher_schemes: a size of an array of cipher schemes definitions. | |
2472 | * @cipher_schemes: a pointer to an array of cipher scheme definitions | |
2473 | * supported by HW. | |
167e33f4 AB |
2474 | * @max_nan_de_entries: maximum number of NAN DE functions supported by the |
2475 | * device. | |
70e53669 WG |
2476 | * |
2477 | * @tx_sk_pacing_shift: Pacing shift to set on TCP sockets when frames from | |
2478 | * them are encountered. The default should typically not be changed, | |
2479 | * unless the driver has good reasons for needing more buffers. | |
b4809e94 | 2480 | * |
cb86880e | 2481 | * @weight_multiplier: Driver specific airtime weight multiplier used while |
b4809e94 | 2482 | * refilling deficit of each TXQ. |
06354665 WG |
2483 | * |
2484 | * @max_mtu: the max mtu could be set. | |
7ac1bd6a | 2485 | */ |
f0706e82 | 2486 | struct ieee80211_hw { |
f0706e82 | 2487 | struct ieee80211_conf conf; |
75a5f0cc | 2488 | struct wiphy *wiphy; |
830f9038 | 2489 | const char *rate_control_algorithm; |
f0706e82 | 2490 | void *priv; |
30686bf7 | 2491 | unsigned long flags[BITS_TO_LONGS(NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS)]; |
f0706e82 | 2492 | unsigned int extra_tx_headroom; |
70dabeb7 | 2493 | unsigned int extra_beacon_tailroom; |
32bfd35d | 2494 | int vif_data_size; |
17741cdc | 2495 | int sta_data_size; |
d01a1e65 | 2496 | int chanctx_data_size; |
ba8c3d6f | 2497 | int txq_data_size; |
ea95bba4 | 2498 | u16 queues; |
ea95bba4 | 2499 | u16 max_listen_interval; |
f0706e82 | 2500 | s8 max_signal; |
e6a9854b | 2501 | u8 max_rates; |
78be49ec | 2502 | u8 max_report_rates; |
e6a9854b | 2503 | u8 max_rate_tries; |
41cbb0f5 LC |
2504 | u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes; |
2505 | u16 max_tx_aggregation_subframes; | |
6e0456b5 | 2506 | u8 max_tx_fragments; |
3a25a8c8 | 2507 | u8 offchannel_tx_hw_queue; |
ac55d2fe | 2508 | u8 radiotap_mcs_details; |
51648921 | 2509 | u16 radiotap_vht_details; |
99ee7cae JB |
2510 | struct { |
2511 | int units_pos; | |
2512 | s16 accuracy; | |
2513 | } radiotap_timestamp; | |
72d78728 | 2514 | netdev_features_t netdev_features; |
219c3867 AB |
2515 | u8 uapsd_queues; |
2516 | u8 uapsd_max_sp_len; | |
2475b1cc MS |
2517 | u8 n_cipher_schemes; |
2518 | const struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme *cipher_schemes; | |
167e33f4 | 2519 | u8 max_nan_de_entries; |
70e53669 | 2520 | u8 tx_sk_pacing_shift; |
b4809e94 | 2521 | u8 weight_multiplier; |
06354665 | 2522 | u32 max_mtu; |
f0706e82 JB |
2523 | }; |
2524 | ||
30686bf7 JB |
2525 | static inline bool _ieee80211_hw_check(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
2526 | enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg) | |
2527 | { | |
2528 | return test_bit(flg, hw->flags); | |
2529 | } | |
2530 | #define ieee80211_hw_check(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_check(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg) | |
2531 | ||
2532 | static inline void _ieee80211_hw_set(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
2533 | enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg) | |
2534 | { | |
2535 | return __set_bit(flg, hw->flags); | |
2536 | } | |
2537 | #define ieee80211_hw_set(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_set(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg) | |
2538 | ||
c56ef672 DS |
2539 | /** |
2540 | * struct ieee80211_scan_request - hw scan request | |
2541 | * | |
2542 | * @ies: pointers different parts of IEs (in req.ie) | |
2543 | * @req: cfg80211 request. | |
2544 | */ | |
2545 | struct ieee80211_scan_request { | |
2546 | struct ieee80211_scan_ies ies; | |
2547 | ||
2548 | /* Keep last */ | |
2549 | struct cfg80211_scan_request req; | |
2550 | }; | |
2551 | ||
8a4d32f3 AN |
2552 | /** |
2553 | * struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params - TDLS channel switch parameters | |
2554 | * | |
2555 | * @sta: peer this TDLS channel-switch request/response came from | |
2556 | * @chandef: channel referenced in a TDLS channel-switch request | |
2557 | * @action_code: see &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode | |
2558 | * @status: channel-switch response status | |
2559 | * @timestamp: time at which the frame was received | |
2560 | * @switch_time: switch-timing parameter received in the frame | |
2561 | * @switch_timeout: switch-timing parameter received in the frame | |
2562 | * @tmpl_skb: TDLS switch-channel response template | |
2563 | * @ch_sw_tm_ie: offset of the channel-switch timing IE inside @tmpl_skb | |
2564 | */ | |
2565 | struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params { | |
2566 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta; | |
2567 | struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef; | |
2568 | u8 action_code; | |
2569 | u32 status; | |
2570 | u32 timestamp; | |
2571 | u16 switch_time; | |
2572 | u16 switch_timeout; | |
2573 | struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb; | |
2574 | u32 ch_sw_tm_ie; | |
2575 | }; | |
2576 | ||
9a95371a LR |
2577 | /** |
2578 | * wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw - return a mac80211 driver hw struct from a wiphy | |
2579 | * | |
2580 | * @wiphy: the &struct wiphy which we want to query | |
2581 | * | |
2582 | * mac80211 drivers can use this to get to their respective | |
2583 | * &struct ieee80211_hw. Drivers wishing to get to their own private | |
2584 | * structure can then access it via hw->priv. Note that mac802111 drivers should | |
2585 | * not use wiphy_priv() to try to get their private driver structure as this | |
2586 | * is already used internally by mac80211. | |
0ae997dc YB |
2587 | * |
2588 | * Return: The mac80211 driver hw struct of @wiphy. | |
9a95371a LR |
2589 | */ |
2590 | struct ieee80211_hw *wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw(struct wiphy *wiphy); | |
2591 | ||
75a5f0cc JB |
2592 | /** |
2593 | * SET_IEEE80211_DEV - set device for 802.11 hardware | |
2594 | * | |
2595 | * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the device for | |
2596 | * @dev: the &struct device of this 802.11 device | |
2597 | */ | |
f0706e82 JB |
2598 | static inline void SET_IEEE80211_DEV(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct device *dev) |
2599 | { | |
2600 | set_wiphy_dev(hw->wiphy, dev); | |
2601 | } | |
2602 | ||
75a5f0cc | 2603 | /** |
e37d4dff | 2604 | * SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR - set the permanent MAC address for 802.11 hardware |
75a5f0cc JB |
2605 | * |
2606 | * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the MAC address for | |
2607 | * @addr: the address to set | |
2608 | */ | |
538dc904 | 2609 | static inline void SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, const u8 *addr) |
f0706e82 JB |
2610 | { |
2611 | memcpy(hw->wiphy->perm_addr, addr, ETH_ALEN); | |
2612 | } | |
2613 | ||
2e92e6f2 JB |
2614 | static inline struct ieee80211_rate * |
2615 | ieee80211_get_tx_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
e039fa4a | 2616 | const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c) |
2e92e6f2 | 2617 | { |
aa331df0 | 2618 | if (WARN_ON_ONCE(c->control.rates[0].idx < 0)) |
2e92e6f2 | 2619 | return NULL; |
e6a9854b | 2620 | return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[0].idx]; |
2e92e6f2 JB |
2621 | } |
2622 | ||
2623 | static inline struct ieee80211_rate * | |
2624 | ieee80211_get_rts_cts_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
e039fa4a | 2625 | const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c) |
2e92e6f2 | 2626 | { |
e039fa4a | 2627 | if (c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx < 0) |
2e92e6f2 | 2628 | return NULL; |
e039fa4a | 2629 | return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx]; |
2e92e6f2 JB |
2630 | } |
2631 | ||
2632 | static inline struct ieee80211_rate * | |
2633 | ieee80211_get_alt_retry_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
870abdf6 | 2634 | const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c, int idx) |
2e92e6f2 | 2635 | { |
e6a9854b | 2636 | if (c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx < 0) |
2e92e6f2 | 2637 | return NULL; |
e6a9854b | 2638 | return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx]; |
2e92e6f2 JB |
2639 | } |
2640 | ||
6096de7f JB |
2641 | /** |
2642 | * ieee80211_free_txskb - free TX skb | |
2643 | * @hw: the hardware | |
2644 | * @skb: the skb | |
2645 | * | |
3f2aef10 | 2646 | * Free a transmit skb. Use this function when some failure |
6096de7f JB |
2647 | * to transmit happened and thus status cannot be reported. |
2648 | */ | |
2649 | void ieee80211_free_txskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb); | |
2650 | ||
75a5f0cc JB |
2651 | /** |
2652 | * DOC: Hardware crypto acceleration | |
2653 | * | |
2654 | * mac80211 is capable of taking advantage of many hardware | |
2655 | * acceleration designs for encryption and decryption operations. | |
2656 | * | |
2657 | * The set_key() callback in the &struct ieee80211_ops for a given | |
2658 | * device is called to enable hardware acceleration of encryption and | |
dc822b5d JB |
2659 | * decryption. The callback takes a @sta parameter that will be NULL |
2660 | * for default keys or keys used for transmission only, or point to | |
2661 | * the station information for the peer for individual keys. | |
75a5f0cc JB |
2662 | * Multiple transmission keys with the same key index may be used when |
2663 | * VLANs are configured for an access point. | |
4150c572 | 2664 | * |
75a5f0cc JB |
2665 | * When transmitting, the TX control data will use the @hw_key_idx |
2666 | * selected by the driver by modifying the &struct ieee80211_key_conf | |
2667 | * pointed to by the @key parameter to the set_key() function. | |
2668 | * | |
2669 | * The set_key() call for the %SET_KEY command should return 0 if | |
2670 | * the key is now in use, -%EOPNOTSUPP or -%ENOSPC if it couldn't be | |
2671 | * added; if you return 0 then hw_key_idx must be assigned to the | |
2672 | * hardware key index, you are free to use the full u8 range. | |
2673 | * | |
fa7e1fbc JB |
2674 | * Note that in the case that the @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL flag is |
2675 | * set, mac80211 will not automatically fall back to software crypto if | |
2676 | * enabling hardware crypto failed. The set_key() call may also return the | |
2677 | * value 1 to permit this specific key/algorithm to be done in software. | |
2678 | * | |
75a5f0cc JB |
2679 | * When the cmd is %DISABLE_KEY then it must succeed. |
2680 | * | |
2681 | * Note that it is permissible to not decrypt a frame even if a key | |
2682 | * for it has been uploaded to hardware, the stack will not make any | |
2683 | * decision based on whether a key has been uploaded or not but rather | |
2684 | * based on the receive flags. | |
2685 | * | |
2686 | * The &struct ieee80211_key_conf structure pointed to by the @key | |
2687 | * parameter is guaranteed to be valid until another call to set_key() | |
2688 | * removes it, but it can only be used as a cookie to differentiate | |
2689 | * keys. | |
9ae4fda3 EG |
2690 | * |
2691 | * In TKIP some HW need to be provided a phase 1 key, for RX decryption | |
2692 | * acceleration (i.e. iwlwifi). Those drivers should provide update_tkip_key | |
2693 | * handler. | |
2694 | * The update_tkip_key() call updates the driver with the new phase 1 key. | |
25985edc | 2695 | * This happens every time the iv16 wraps around (every 65536 packets). The |
9ae4fda3 EG |
2696 | * set_key() call will happen only once for each key (unless the AP did |
2697 | * rekeying), it will not include a valid phase 1 key. The valid phase 1 key is | |
e37d4dff | 2698 | * provided by update_tkip_key only. The trigger that makes mac80211 call this |
9ae4fda3 | 2699 | * handler is software decryption with wrap around of iv16. |
de5fad81 YD |
2700 | * |
2701 | * The set_default_unicast_key() call updates the default WEP key index | |
2702 | * configured to the hardware for WEP encryption type. This is required | |
2703 | * for devices that support offload of data packets (e.g. ARP responses). | |
62872a9b AW |
2704 | * |
2705 | * Mac80211 drivers should set the @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0 flag | |
2706 | * when they are able to replace in-use PTK keys according to to following | |
2707 | * requirements: | |
2708 | * 1) They do not hand over frames decrypted with the old key to | |
2709 | mac80211 once the call to set_key() with command %DISABLE_KEY has been | |
2710 | completed when also setting @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV for any key, | |
2711 | 2) either drop or continue to use the old key for any outgoing frames queued | |
2712 | at the time of the key deletion (including re-transmits), | |
2713 | 3) never send out a frame queued prior to the set_key() %SET_KEY command | |
2714 | encrypted with the new key and | |
2715 | 4) never send out a frame unencrypted when it should be encrypted. | |
2716 | Mac80211 will not queue any new frames for a deleted key to the driver. | |
4150c572 | 2717 | */ |
75a5f0cc | 2718 | |
4be8c387 JB |
2719 | /** |
2720 | * DOC: Powersave support | |
2721 | * | |
2722 | * mac80211 has support for various powersave implementations. | |
2723 | * | |
c99445b1 KV |
2724 | * First, it can support hardware that handles all powersaving by itself, |
2725 | * such hardware should simply set the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS hardware | |
2726 | * flag. In that case, it will be told about the desired powersave mode | |
2727 | * with the %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag depending on the association status. | |
2728 | * The hardware must take care of sending nullfunc frames when necessary, | |
2729 | * i.e. when entering and leaving powersave mode. The hardware is required | |
2730 | * to look at the AID in beacons and signal to the AP that it woke up when | |
2731 | * it finds traffic directed to it. | |
2732 | * | |
2733 | * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag enabled means that the powersave mode defined in | |
2734 | * IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2 is enabled. This is not to be confused | |
2735 | * with hardware wakeup and sleep states. Driver is responsible for waking | |
2738bd68 BC |
2736 | * up the hardware before issuing commands to the hardware and putting it |
2737 | * back to sleep at appropriate times. | |
c99445b1 KV |
2738 | * |
2739 | * When PS is enabled, hardware needs to wakeup for beacons and receive the | |
2740 | * buffered multicast/broadcast frames after the beacon. Also it must be | |
2741 | * possible to send frames and receive the acknowledment frame. | |
4be8c387 JB |
2742 | * |
2743 | * Other hardware designs cannot send nullfunc frames by themselves and also | |
2744 | * need software support for parsing the TIM bitmap. This is also supported | |
2745 | * by mac80211 by combining the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS and | |
2746 | * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK flags. The hardware is of course still | |
955394c9 JB |
2747 | * required to pass up beacons. The hardware is still required to handle |
2748 | * waking up for multicast traffic; if it cannot the driver must handle that | |
c99445b1 KV |
2749 | * as best as it can, mac80211 is too slow to do that. |
2750 | * | |
2751 | * Dynamic powersave is an extension to normal powersave in which the | |
2752 | * hardware stays awake for a user-specified period of time after sending a | |
2753 | * frame so that reply frames need not be buffered and therefore delayed to | |
2754 | * the next wakeup. It's compromise of getting good enough latency when | |
2755 | * there's data traffic and still saving significantly power in idle | |
2756 | * periods. | |
2757 | * | |
2738bd68 | 2758 | * Dynamic powersave is simply supported by mac80211 enabling and disabling |
c99445b1 KV |
2759 | * PS based on traffic. Driver needs to only set %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS |
2760 | * flag and mac80211 will handle everything automatically. Additionally, | |
2761 | * hardware having support for the dynamic PS feature may set the | |
2762 | * %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS flag to indicate that it can support | |
2763 | * dynamic PS mode itself. The driver needs to look at the | |
2764 | * @dynamic_ps_timeout hardware configuration value and use it that value | |
2765 | * whenever %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. In this case mac80211 will disable | |
2766 | * dynamic PS feature in stack and will just keep %IEEE80211_CONF_PS | |
2767 | * enabled whenever user has enabled powersave. | |
2768 | * | |
2769 | * Driver informs U-APSD client support by enabling | |
848955cc | 2770 | * %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD flag. The mode is configured through the |
e227867f | 2771 | * uapsd parameter in conf_tx() operation. Hardware needs to send the QoS |
c99445b1 KV |
2772 | * Nullfunc frames and stay awake until the service period has ended. To |
2773 | * utilize U-APSD, dynamic powersave is disabled for voip AC and all frames | |
2774 | * from that AC are transmitted with powersave enabled. | |
2775 | * | |
2776 | * Note: U-APSD client mode is not yet supported with | |
2777 | * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK. | |
4be8c387 JB |
2778 | */ |
2779 | ||
04de8381 KV |
2780 | /** |
2781 | * DOC: Beacon filter support | |
2782 | * | |
2783 | * Some hardware have beacon filter support to reduce host cpu wakeups | |
42b2aa86 | 2784 | * which will reduce system power consumption. It usually works so that |
04de8381 KV |
2785 | * the firmware creates a checksum of the beacon but omits all constantly |
2786 | * changing elements (TSF, TIM etc). Whenever the checksum changes the | |
2787 | * beacon is forwarded to the host, otherwise it will be just dropped. That | |
2788 | * way the host will only receive beacons where some relevant information | |
2789 | * (for example ERP protection or WMM settings) have changed. | |
2790 | * | |
c1288b12 JB |
2791 | * Beacon filter support is advertised with the %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER |
2792 | * interface capability. The driver needs to enable beacon filter support | |
955394c9 JB |
2793 | * whenever power save is enabled, that is %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. When |
2794 | * power save is enabled, the stack will not check for beacon loss and the | |
2795 | * driver needs to notify about loss of beacons with ieee80211_beacon_loss(). | |
2796 | * | |
2797 | * The time (or number of beacons missed) until the firmware notifies the | |
2798 | * driver of a beacon loss event (which in turn causes the driver to call | |
2799 | * ieee80211_beacon_loss()) should be configurable and will be controlled | |
2800 | * by mac80211 and the roaming algorithm in the future. | |
2801 | * | |
2802 | * Since there may be constantly changing information elements that nothing | |
2803 | * in the software stack cares about, we will, in the future, have mac80211 | |
2804 | * tell the driver which information elements are interesting in the sense | |
2805 | * that we want to see changes in them. This will include | |
b4f7f4ad | 2806 | * |
955394c9 JB |
2807 | * - a list of information element IDs |
2808 | * - a list of OUIs for the vendor information element | |
2809 | * | |
2810 | * Ideally, the hardware would filter out any beacons without changes in the | |
2811 | * requested elements, but if it cannot support that it may, at the expense | |
2812 | * of some efficiency, filter out only a subset. For example, if the device | |
2813 | * doesn't support checking for OUIs it should pass up all changes in all | |
2814 | * vendor information elements. | |
2815 | * | |
2816 | * Note that change, for the sake of simplification, also includes information | |
2817 | * elements appearing or disappearing from the beacon. | |
2818 | * | |
2819 | * Some hardware supports an "ignore list" instead, just make sure nothing | |
2820 | * that was requested is on the ignore list, and include commonly changing | |
2821 | * information element IDs in the ignore list, for example 11 (BSS load) and | |
2822 | * the various vendor-assigned IEs with unknown contents (128, 129, 133-136, | |
2823 | * 149, 150, 155, 156, 173, 176, 178, 179, 219); for forward compatibility | |
2824 | * it could also include some currently unused IDs. | |
2825 | * | |
2826 | * | |
2827 | * In addition to these capabilities, hardware should support notifying the | |
2828 | * host of changes in the beacon RSSI. This is relevant to implement roaming | |
2829 | * when no traffic is flowing (when traffic is flowing we see the RSSI of | |
2830 | * the received data packets). This can consist in notifying the host when | |
2831 | * the RSSI changes significantly or when it drops below or rises above | |
2832 | * configurable thresholds. In the future these thresholds will also be | |
2833 | * configured by mac80211 (which gets them from userspace) to implement | |
2834 | * them as the roaming algorithm requires. | |
2835 | * | |
2836 | * If the hardware cannot implement this, the driver should ask it to | |
2837 | * periodically pass beacon frames to the host so that software can do the | |
2838 | * signal strength threshold checking. | |
04de8381 KV |
2839 | */ |
2840 | ||
0f78231b JB |
2841 | /** |
2842 | * DOC: Spatial multiplexing power save | |
2843 | * | |
2844 | * SMPS (Spatial multiplexing power save) is a mechanism to conserve | |
2845 | * power in an 802.11n implementation. For details on the mechanism | |
2846 | * and rationale, please refer to 802.11 (as amended by 802.11n-2009) | |
2847 | * "11.2.3 SM power save". | |
2848 | * | |
2849 | * The mac80211 implementation is capable of sending action frames | |
2850 | * to update the AP about the station's SMPS mode, and will instruct | |
2851 | * the driver to enter the specific mode. It will also announce the | |
2852 | * requested SMPS mode during the association handshake. Hardware | |
2853 | * support for this feature is required, and can be indicated by | |
2854 | * hardware flags. | |
2855 | * | |
2856 | * The default mode will be "automatic", which nl80211/cfg80211 | |
2857 | * defines to be dynamic SMPS in (regular) powersave, and SMPS | |
2858 | * turned off otherwise. | |
2859 | * | |
2860 | * To support this feature, the driver must set the appropriate | |
2861 | * hardware support flags, and handle the SMPS flag to the config() | |
2862 | * operation. It will then with this mechanism be instructed to | |
2863 | * enter the requested SMPS mode while associated to an HT AP. | |
2864 | */ | |
2865 | ||
75a5f0cc JB |
2866 | /** |
2867 | * DOC: Frame filtering | |
2868 | * | |
2869 | * mac80211 requires to see many management frames for proper | |
2870 | * operation, and users may want to see many more frames when | |
2871 | * in monitor mode. However, for best CPU usage and power consumption, | |
2872 | * having as few frames as possible percolate through the stack is | |
2873 | * desirable. Hence, the hardware should filter as much as possible. | |
2874 | * | |
2875 | * To achieve this, mac80211 uses filter flags (see below) to tell | |
2876 | * the driver's configure_filter() function which frames should be | |
2877 | * passed to mac80211 and which should be filtered out. | |
2878 | * | |
3ac64bee JB |
2879 | * Before configure_filter() is invoked, the prepare_multicast() |
2880 | * callback is invoked with the parameters @mc_count and @mc_list | |
2881 | * for the combined multicast address list of all virtual interfaces. | |
2882 | * It's use is optional, and it returns a u64 that is passed to | |
2883 | * configure_filter(). Additionally, configure_filter() has the | |
2884 | * arguments @changed_flags telling which flags were changed and | |
2885 | * @total_flags with the new flag states. | |
75a5f0cc JB |
2886 | * |
2887 | * If your device has no multicast address filters your driver will | |
2888 | * need to check both the %FIF_ALLMULTI flag and the @mc_count | |
2889 | * parameter to see whether multicast frames should be accepted | |
2890 | * or dropped. | |
2891 | * | |
d0f5afbe MB |
2892 | * All unsupported flags in @total_flags must be cleared. |
2893 | * Hardware does not support a flag if it is incapable of _passing_ | |
2894 | * the frame to the stack. Otherwise the driver must ignore | |
2895 | * the flag, but not clear it. | |
2896 | * You must _only_ clear the flag (announce no support for the | |
2897 | * flag to mac80211) if you are not able to pass the packet type | |
2898 | * to the stack (so the hardware always filters it). | |
2899 | * So for example, you should clear @FIF_CONTROL, if your hardware | |
2900 | * always filters control frames. If your hardware always passes | |
2901 | * control frames to the kernel and is incapable of filtering them, | |
2902 | * you do _not_ clear the @FIF_CONTROL flag. | |
2903 | * This rule applies to all other FIF flags as well. | |
4150c572 | 2904 | */ |
75a5f0cc | 2905 | |
4b801bc9 JB |
2906 | /** |
2907 | * DOC: AP support for powersaving clients | |
2908 | * | |
2909 | * In order to implement AP and P2P GO modes, mac80211 has support for | |
2910 | * client powersaving, both "legacy" PS (PS-Poll/null data) and uAPSD. | |
2911 | * There currently is no support for sAPSD. | |
2912 | * | |
2913 | * There is one assumption that mac80211 makes, namely that a client | |
2914 | * will not poll with PS-Poll and trigger with uAPSD at the same time. | |
2915 | * Both are supported, and both can be used by the same client, but | |
2916 | * they can't be used concurrently by the same client. This simplifies | |
2917 | * the driver code. | |
2918 | * | |
2919 | * The first thing to keep in mind is that there is a flag for complete | |
2920 | * driver implementation: %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS. If this flag is set, | |
2921 | * mac80211 expects the driver to handle most of the state machine for | |
2922 | * powersaving clients and will ignore the PM bit in incoming frames. | |
2923 | * Drivers then use ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to inform mac80211 of | |
2924 | * stations' powersave transitions. In this mode, mac80211 also doesn't | |
2925 | * handle PS-Poll/uAPSD. | |
2926 | * | |
2927 | * In the mode without %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS, mac80211 will check the | |
2928 | * PM bit in incoming frames for client powersave transitions. When a | |
2929 | * station goes to sleep, we will stop transmitting to it. There is, | |
2930 | * however, a race condition: a station might go to sleep while there is | |
2931 | * data buffered on hardware queues. If the device has support for this | |
2932 | * it will reject frames, and the driver should give the frames back to | |
2933 | * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED flag set which will | |
2934 | * cause mac80211 to retry the frame when the station wakes up. The | |
2935 | * driver is also notified of powersave transitions by calling its | |
2936 | * @sta_notify callback. | |
2937 | * | |
2938 | * When the station is asleep, it has three choices: it can wake up, | |
2939 | * it can PS-Poll, or it can possibly start a uAPSD service period. | |
2940 | * Waking up is implemented by simply transmitting all buffered (and | |
2941 | * filtered) frames to the station. This is the easiest case. When | |
2942 | * the station sends a PS-Poll or a uAPSD trigger frame, mac80211 | |
2943 | * will inform the driver of this with the @allow_buffered_frames | |
2944 | * callback; this callback is optional. mac80211 will then transmit | |
02f2f1a9 | 2945 | * the frames as usual and set the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER |
4b801bc9 JB |
2946 | * on each frame. The last frame in the service period (or the only |
2947 | * response to a PS-Poll) also has %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set to | |
2948 | * indicate that it ends the service period; as this frame must have | |
2949 | * TX status report it also sets %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS. | |
2950 | * When TX status is reported for this frame, the service period is | |
2951 | * marked has having ended and a new one can be started by the peer. | |
2952 | * | |
02f2f1a9 JB |
2953 | * Additionally, non-bufferable MMPDUs can also be transmitted by |
2954 | * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER set in them. | |
2955 | * | |
4b801bc9 JB |
2956 | * Another race condition can happen on some devices like iwlwifi |
2957 | * when there are frames queued for the station and it wakes up | |
2958 | * or polls; the frames that are already queued could end up being | |
2959 | * transmitted first instead, causing reordering and/or wrong | |
2960 | * processing of the EOSP. The cause is that allowing frames to be | |
2961 | * transmitted to a certain station is out-of-band communication to | |
2962 | * the device. To allow this problem to be solved, the driver can | |
2963 | * call ieee80211_sta_block_awake() if frames are buffered when it | |
2964 | * is notified that the station went to sleep. When all these frames | |
2965 | * have been filtered (see above), it must call the function again | |
2966 | * to indicate that the station is no longer blocked. | |
2967 | * | |
2968 | * If the driver buffers frames in the driver for aggregation in any | |
2969 | * way, it must use the ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() call when it is | |
2970 | * notified of the station going to sleep to inform mac80211 of any | |
2971 | * TIDs that have frames buffered. Note that when a station wakes up | |
2972 | * this information is reset (hence the requirement to call it when | |
2973 | * informed of the station going to sleep). Then, when a service | |
2974 | * period starts for any reason, @release_buffered_frames is called | |
2975 | * with the number of frames to be released and which TIDs they are | |
2976 | * to come from. In this case, the driver is responsible for setting | |
2977 | * the EOSP (for uAPSD) and MORE_DATA bits in the released frames, | |
e227867f | 2978 | * to help the @more_data parameter is passed to tell the driver if |
4b801bc9 JB |
2979 | * there is more data on other TIDs -- the TIDs to release frames |
2980 | * from are ignored since mac80211 doesn't know how many frames the | |
2981 | * buffers for those TIDs contain. | |
2982 | * | |
2983 | * If the driver also implement GO mode, where absence periods may | |
2984 | * shorten service periods (or abort PS-Poll responses), it must | |
2985 | * filter those response frames except in the case of frames that | |
2986 | * are buffered in the driver -- those must remain buffered to avoid | |
2987 | * reordering. Because it is possible that no frames are released | |
e943789e | 2988 | * in this case, the driver must call ieee80211_sta_eosp() |
4b801bc9 JB |
2989 | * to indicate to mac80211 that the service period ended anyway. |
2990 | * | |
2991 | * Finally, if frames from multiple TIDs are released from mac80211 | |
2992 | * but the driver might reorder them, it must clear & set the flags | |
2993 | * appropriately (only the last frame may have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP) | |
2994 | * and also take care of the EOSP and MORE_DATA bits in the frame. | |
e943789e | 2995 | * The driver may also use ieee80211_sta_eosp() in this case. |
b77cf4f8 JB |
2996 | * |
2997 | * Note that if the driver ever buffers frames other than QoS-data | |
2998 | * frames, it must take care to never send a non-QoS-data frame as | |
2999 | * the last frame in a service period, adding a QoS-nulldata frame | |
3000 | * after a non-QoS-data frame if needed. | |
4b801bc9 JB |
3001 | */ |
3002 | ||
3a25a8c8 JB |
3003 | /** |
3004 | * DOC: HW queue control | |
3005 | * | |
3006 | * Before HW queue control was introduced, mac80211 only had a single static | |
3007 | * assignment of per-interface AC software queues to hardware queues. This | |
3008 | * was problematic for a few reasons: | |
3009 | * 1) off-channel transmissions might get stuck behind other frames | |
3010 | * 2) multiple virtual interfaces couldn't be handled correctly | |
3011 | * 3) after-DTIM frames could get stuck behind other frames | |
3012 | * | |
3013 | * To solve this, hardware typically uses multiple different queues for all | |
3014 | * the different usages, and this needs to be propagated into mac80211 so it | |
3015 | * won't have the same problem with the software queues. | |
3016 | * | |
3017 | * Therefore, mac80211 now offers the %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL capability | |
3018 | * flag that tells it that the driver implements its own queue control. To do | |
3019 | * so, the driver will set up the various queues in each &struct ieee80211_vif | |
3020 | * and the offchannel queue in &struct ieee80211_hw. In response, mac80211 will | |
3021 | * use those queue IDs in the hw_queue field of &struct ieee80211_tx_info and | |
3022 | * if necessary will queue the frame on the right software queue that mirrors | |
3023 | * the hardware queue. | |
3024 | * Additionally, the driver has to then use these HW queue IDs for the queue | |
3025 | * management functions (ieee80211_stop_queue() et al.) | |
3026 | * | |
3027 | * The driver is free to set up the queue mappings as needed, multiple virtual | |
3028 | * interfaces may map to the same hardware queues if needed. The setup has to | |
3029 | * happen during add_interface or change_interface callbacks. For example, a | |
3030 | * driver supporting station+station and station+AP modes might decide to have | |
3031 | * 10 hardware queues to handle different scenarios: | |
3032 | * | |
3033 | * 4 AC HW queues for 1st vif: 0, 1, 2, 3 | |
3034 | * 4 AC HW queues for 2nd vif: 4, 5, 6, 7 | |
3035 | * after-DTIM queue for AP: 8 | |
3036 | * off-channel queue: 9 | |
3037 | * | |
3038 | * It would then set up the hardware like this: | |
3039 | * hw.offchannel_tx_hw_queue = 9 | |
3040 | * | |
3041 | * and the first virtual interface that is added as follows: | |
3042 | * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VO] = 0 | |
3043 | * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VI] = 1 | |
3044 | * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BE] = 2 | |
3045 | * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BK] = 3 | |
3046 | * vif.cab_queue = 8 // if AP mode, otherwise %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE | |
3047 | * and the second virtual interface with 4-7. | |
3048 | * | |
3049 | * If queue 6 gets full, for example, mac80211 would only stop the second | |
3050 | * virtual interface's BE queue since virtual interface queues are per AC. | |
3051 | * | |
3052 | * Note that the vif.cab_queue value should be set to %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE | |
3053 | * whenever the queue is not used (i.e. the interface is not in AP mode) if the | |
3054 | * queue could potentially be shared since mac80211 will look at cab_queue when | |
3055 | * a queue is stopped/woken even if the interface is not in AP mode. | |
3056 | */ | |
3057 | ||
75a5f0cc JB |
3058 | /** |
3059 | * enum ieee80211_filter_flags - hardware filter flags | |
3060 | * | |
3061 | * These flags determine what the filter in hardware should be | |
3062 | * programmed to let through and what should not be passed to the | |
3063 | * stack. It is always safe to pass more frames than requested, | |
3064 | * but this has negative impact on power consumption. | |
3065 | * | |
75a5f0cc JB |
3066 | * @FIF_ALLMULTI: pass all multicast frames, this is used if requested |
3067 | * by the user or if the hardware is not capable of filtering by | |
3068 | * multicast address. | |
3069 | * | |
3070 | * @FIF_FCSFAIL: pass frames with failed FCS (but you need to set the | |
3071 | * %RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC for them) | |
3072 | * | |
3073 | * @FIF_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with failed PLCP CRC (but you need to set | |
3074 | * the %RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC for them | |
3075 | * | |
3076 | * @FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC: This flag is set during scanning to indicate | |
3077 | * to the hardware that it should not filter beacons or probe responses | |
3078 | * by BSSID. Filtering them can greatly reduce the amount of processing | |
3079 | * mac80211 needs to do and the amount of CPU wakeups, so you should | |
3080 | * honour this flag if possible. | |
3081 | * | |
df140465 JB |
3082 | * @FIF_CONTROL: pass control frames (except for PS Poll) addressed to this |
3083 | * station | |
75a5f0cc JB |
3084 | * |
3085 | * @FIF_OTHER_BSS: pass frames destined to other BSSes | |
e3b90ca2 | 3086 | * |
c2d3955b | 3087 | * @FIF_PSPOLL: pass PS Poll frames |
7be5086d JB |
3088 | * |
3089 | * @FIF_PROBE_REQ: pass probe request frames | |
4150c572 | 3090 | */ |
75a5f0cc | 3091 | enum ieee80211_filter_flags { |
75a5f0cc JB |
3092 | FIF_ALLMULTI = 1<<1, |
3093 | FIF_FCSFAIL = 1<<2, | |
3094 | FIF_PLCPFAIL = 1<<3, | |
3095 | FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC = 1<<4, | |
3096 | FIF_CONTROL = 1<<5, | |
3097 | FIF_OTHER_BSS = 1<<6, | |
e3b90ca2 | 3098 | FIF_PSPOLL = 1<<7, |
7be5086d | 3099 | FIF_PROBE_REQ = 1<<8, |
75a5f0cc JB |
3100 | }; |
3101 | ||
1b7d03ac RR |
3102 | /** |
3103 | * enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action - A-MPDU actions | |
3104 | * | |
3105 | * These flags are used with the ampdu_action() callback in | |
3106 | * &struct ieee80211_ops to indicate which action is needed. | |
827d42c9 JB |
3107 | * |
3108 | * Note that drivers MUST be able to deal with a TX aggregation | |
3109 | * session being stopped even before they OK'ed starting it by | |
5d22c89b | 3110 | * calling ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe, because the peer |
827d42c9 JB |
3111 | * might receive the addBA frame and send a delBA right away! |
3112 | * | |
18b559d5 JB |
3113 | * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START: start RX aggregation |
3114 | * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP: stop RX aggregation | |
2ce113de JB |
3115 | * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START: start TX aggregation, the driver must either |
3116 | * call ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() or return the special | |
3117 | * status %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_IMMEDIATE. | |
b1720231 | 3118 | * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL: TX aggregation has become operational |
18b559d5 JB |
3119 | * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT: stop TX aggregation but continue transmitting |
3120 | * queued packets, now unaggregated. After all packets are transmitted the | |
3121 | * driver has to call ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(). | |
3122 | * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH: stop TX aggregation and flush all packets, | |
3123 | * called when the station is removed. There's no need or reason to call | |
3124 | * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() in this case as mac80211 assumes the | |
3125 | * session is gone and removes the station. | |
3126 | * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT: called when TX aggregation is stopped | |
3127 | * but the driver hasn't called ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() yet and | |
3128 | * now the connection is dropped and the station will be removed. Drivers | |
3129 | * should clean up and drop remaining packets when this is called. | |
1b7d03ac RR |
3130 | */ |
3131 | enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action { | |
3132 | IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START, | |
3133 | IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP, | |
0df3ef45 | 3134 | IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START, |
18b559d5 JB |
3135 | IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT, |
3136 | IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH, | |
3137 | IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT, | |
b1720231 | 3138 | IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL, |
1b7d03ac | 3139 | }; |
75a5f0cc | 3140 | |
2ce113de JB |
3141 | #define IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_IMMEDIATE 1 |
3142 | ||
50ea05ef SS |
3143 | /** |
3144 | * struct ieee80211_ampdu_params - AMPDU action parameters | |
3145 | * | |
3146 | * @action: the ampdu action, value from %ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action. | |
3147 | * @sta: peer of this AMPDU session | |
3148 | * @tid: tid of the BA session | |
3149 | * @ssn: start sequence number of the session. TX/RX_STOP can pass 0. When | |
3150 | * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START the driver passes back the | |
3151 | * actual ssn value used to start the session and writes the value here. | |
3152 | * @buf_size: reorder buffer size (number of subframes). Valid only when the | |
3153 | * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START or | |
3154 | * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL | |
3155 | * @amsdu: indicates the peer's ability to receive A-MSDU within A-MPDU. | |
3156 | * valid when the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL | |
3157 | * @timeout: BA session timeout. Valid only when the action is set to | |
3158 | * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START | |
3159 | */ | |
3160 | struct ieee80211_ampdu_params { | |
3161 | enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action action; | |
3162 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta; | |
3163 | u16 tid; | |
3164 | u16 ssn; | |
41cbb0f5 | 3165 | u16 buf_size; |
50ea05ef SS |
3166 | bool amsdu; |
3167 | u16 timeout; | |
3168 | }; | |
3169 | ||
4049e09a JB |
3170 | /** |
3171 | * enum ieee80211_frame_release_type - frame release reason | |
3172 | * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL: frame released for PS-Poll | |
47086fc5 JB |
3173 | * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD: frame(s) released due to |
3174 | * frame received on trigger-enabled AC | |
4049e09a JB |
3175 | */ |
3176 | enum ieee80211_frame_release_type { | |
3177 | IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL, | |
47086fc5 | 3178 | IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD, |
4049e09a JB |
3179 | }; |
3180 | ||
8f727ef3 JB |
3181 | /** |
3182 | * enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed - flags to indicate what changed | |
3183 | * | |
3184 | * @IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED: The bandwidth that can be used to transmit | |
e1a0c6b3 JB |
3185 | * to this station changed. The actual bandwidth is in the station |
3186 | * information -- for HT20/40 the IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40 | |
3187 | * flag changes, for HT and VHT the bandwidth field changes. | |
8f727ef3 | 3188 | * @IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED: The SMPS state of the station changed. |
e687f61e AQ |
3189 | * @IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED: The supported rate set of this peer |
3190 | * changed (in IBSS mode) due to discovering more information about | |
3191 | * the peer. | |
0af83d3d JB |
3192 | * @IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED: N_SS (number of spatial streams) was changed |
3193 | * by the peer | |
8f727ef3 JB |
3194 | */ |
3195 | enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed { | |
3196 | IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), | |
3197 | IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED = BIT(1), | |
e687f61e | 3198 | IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED = BIT(2), |
0af83d3d | 3199 | IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED = BIT(3), |
8f727ef3 JB |
3200 | }; |
3201 | ||
d339d5ca IP |
3202 | /** |
3203 | * enum ieee80211_roc_type - remain on channel type | |
3204 | * | |
3205 | * With the support for multi channel contexts and multi channel operations, | |
3206 | * remain on channel operations might be limited/deferred/aborted by other | |
ae4a50ee | 3207 | * flows/operations which have higher priority (and vice versa). |
d339d5ca IP |
3208 | * Specifying the ROC type can be used by devices to prioritize the ROC |
3209 | * operations compared to other operations/flows. | |
3210 | * | |
3211 | * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL: There are no special requirements for this ROC. | |
3212 | * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX: The remain on channel request is required | |
ae4a50ee | 3213 | * for sending management frames offchannel. |
d339d5ca IP |
3214 | */ |
3215 | enum ieee80211_roc_type { | |
3216 | IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL = 0, | |
3217 | IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX, | |
3218 | }; | |
3219 | ||
cf2c92d8 EP |
3220 | /** |
3221 | * enum ieee80211_reconfig_complete_type - reconfig type | |
3222 | * | |
3223 | * This enum is used by the reconfig_complete() callback to indicate what | |
3224 | * reconfiguration type was completed. | |
3225 | * | |
3226 | * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART: hw restart type | |
3227 | * (also due to resume() callback returning 1) | |
3228 | * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND: suspend type (regardless | |
3229 | * of wowlan configuration) | |
3230 | */ | |
3231 | enum ieee80211_reconfig_type { | |
3232 | IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART, | |
3233 | IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND, | |
3234 | }; | |
3235 | ||
75a5f0cc JB |
3236 | /** |
3237 | * struct ieee80211_ops - callbacks from mac80211 to the driver | |
3238 | * | |
3239 | * This structure contains various callbacks that the driver may | |
3240 | * handle or, in some cases, must handle, for example to configure | |
3241 | * the hardware to a new channel or to transmit a frame. | |
3242 | * | |
3243 | * @tx: Handler that 802.11 module calls for each transmitted frame. | |
3244 | * skb contains the buffer starting from the IEEE 802.11 header. | |
3245 | * The low-level driver should send the frame out based on | |
eefce91a | 3246 | * configuration in the TX control data. This handler should, |
11127e91 | 3247 | * preferably, never fail and stop queues appropriately. |
11127e91 | 3248 | * Must be atomic. |
75a5f0cc JB |
3249 | * |
3250 | * @start: Called before the first netdevice attached to the hardware | |
3251 | * is enabled. This should turn on the hardware and must turn on | |
3252 | * frame reception (for possibly enabled monitor interfaces.) | |
3253 | * Returns negative error codes, these may be seen in userspace, | |
3254 | * or zero. | |
3255 | * When the device is started it should not have a MAC address | |
3256 | * to avoid acknowledging frames before a non-monitor device | |
3257 | * is added. | |
e1781ed3 | 3258 | * Must be implemented and can sleep. |
75a5f0cc JB |
3259 | * |
3260 | * @stop: Called after last netdevice attached to the hardware | |
3261 | * is disabled. This should turn off the hardware (at least | |
3262 | * it must turn off frame reception.) | |
3263 | * May be called right after add_interface if that rejects | |
42935eca LR |
3264 | * an interface. If you added any work onto the mac80211 workqueue |
3265 | * you should ensure to cancel it on this callback. | |
e1781ed3 | 3266 | * Must be implemented and can sleep. |
75a5f0cc | 3267 | * |
eecc4800 JB |
3268 | * @suspend: Suspend the device; mac80211 itself will quiesce before and |
3269 | * stop transmitting and doing any other configuration, and then | |
3270 | * ask the device to suspend. This is only invoked when WoWLAN is | |
3271 | * configured, otherwise the device is deconfigured completely and | |
3272 | * reconfigured at resume time. | |
2b4562df JB |
3273 | * The driver may also impose special conditions under which it |
3274 | * wants to use the "normal" suspend (deconfigure), say if it only | |
3275 | * supports WoWLAN when the device is associated. In this case, it | |
3276 | * must return 1 from this function. | |
eecc4800 JB |
3277 | * |
3278 | * @resume: If WoWLAN was configured, this indicates that mac80211 is | |
3279 | * now resuming its operation, after this the device must be fully | |
3280 | * functional again. If this returns an error, the only way out is | |
3281 | * to also unregister the device. If it returns 1, then mac80211 | |
3282 | * will also go through the regular complete restart on resume. | |
3283 | * | |
d13e1414 JB |
3284 | * @set_wakeup: Enable or disable wakeup when WoWLAN configuration is |
3285 | * modified. The reason is that device_set_wakeup_enable() is | |
3286 | * supposed to be called when the configuration changes, not only | |
3287 | * in suspend(). | |
3288 | * | |
75a5f0cc | 3289 | * @add_interface: Called when a netdevice attached to the hardware is |
e37d4dff | 3290 | * enabled. Because it is not called for monitor mode devices, @start |
75a5f0cc JB |
3291 | * and @stop must be implemented. |
3292 | * The driver should perform any initialization it needs before | |
3293 | * the device can be enabled. The initial configuration for the | |
3294 | * interface is given in the conf parameter. | |
3295 | * The callback may refuse to add an interface by returning a | |
3296 | * negative error code (which will be seen in userspace.) | |
e1781ed3 | 3297 | * Must be implemented and can sleep. |
75a5f0cc | 3298 | * |
34d4bc4d JB |
3299 | * @change_interface: Called when a netdevice changes type. This callback |
3300 | * is optional, but only if it is supported can interface types be | |
3301 | * switched while the interface is UP. The callback may sleep. | |
3302 | * Note that while an interface is being switched, it will not be | |
3303 | * found by the interface iteration callbacks. | |
3304 | * | |
75a5f0cc JB |
3305 | * @remove_interface: Notifies a driver that an interface is going down. |
3306 | * The @stop callback is called after this if it is the last interface | |
3307 | * and no monitor interfaces are present. | |
3308 | * When all interfaces are removed, the MAC address in the hardware | |
3309 | * must be cleared so the device no longer acknowledges packets, | |
3310 | * the mac_addr member of the conf structure is, however, set to the | |
3311 | * MAC address of the device going away. | |
e1781ed3 | 3312 | * Hence, this callback must be implemented. It can sleep. |
75a5f0cc JB |
3313 | * |
3314 | * @config: Handler for configuration requests. IEEE 802.11 code calls this | |
3315 | * function to change hardware configuration, e.g., channel. | |
6dd1bf31 | 3316 | * This function should never fail but returns a negative error code |
e1781ed3 | 3317 | * if it does. The callback can sleep. |
75a5f0cc | 3318 | * |
471b3efd JB |
3319 | * @bss_info_changed: Handler for configuration requests related to BSS |
3320 | * parameters that may vary during BSS's lifespan, and may affect low | |
3321 | * level driver (e.g. assoc/disassoc status, erp parameters). | |
3322 | * This function should not be used if no BSS has been set, unless | |
3323 | * for association indication. The @changed parameter indicates which | |
e1781ed3 KV |
3324 | * of the bss parameters has changed when a call is made. The callback |
3325 | * can sleep. | |
471b3efd | 3326 | * |
3ac64bee JB |
3327 | * @prepare_multicast: Prepare for multicast filter configuration. |
3328 | * This callback is optional, and its return value is passed | |
3329 | * to configure_filter(). This callback must be atomic. | |
3330 | * | |
75a5f0cc JB |
3331 | * @configure_filter: Configure the device's RX filter. |
3332 | * See the section "Frame filtering" for more information. | |
e1781ed3 | 3333 | * This callback must be implemented and can sleep. |
75a5f0cc | 3334 | * |
1b09b556 AO |
3335 | * @config_iface_filter: Configure the interface's RX filter. |
3336 | * This callback is optional and is used to configure which frames | |
3337 | * should be passed to mac80211. The filter_flags is the combination | |
3338 | * of FIF_* flags. The changed_flags is a bit mask that indicates | |
3339 | * which flags are changed. | |
3340 | * This callback can sleep. | |
3341 | * | |
546c80c9 | 3342 | * @set_tim: Set TIM bit. mac80211 calls this function when a TIM bit |
17741cdc | 3343 | * must be set or cleared for a given STA. Must be atomic. |
75a5f0cc JB |
3344 | * |
3345 | * @set_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration" | |
e1781ed3 KV |
3346 | * This callback is only called between add_interface and |
3347 | * remove_interface calls, i.e. while the given virtual interface | |
dc822b5d | 3348 | * is enabled. |
6dd1bf31 | 3349 | * Returns a negative error code if the key can't be added. |
e1781ed3 | 3350 | * The callback can sleep. |
75a5f0cc | 3351 | * |
9ae4fda3 EG |
3352 | * @update_tkip_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration" |
3353 | * This callback will be called in the context of Rx. Called for drivers | |
3354 | * which set IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_TKIP_REQ_RX_P1_KEY. | |
eb807fb2 | 3355 | * The callback must be atomic. |
9ae4fda3 | 3356 | * |
c68f4b89 JB |
3357 | * @set_rekey_data: If the device supports GTK rekeying, for example while the |
3358 | * host is suspended, it can assign this callback to retrieve the data | |
3359 | * necessary to do GTK rekeying, this is the KEK, KCK and replay counter. | |
3360 | * After rekeying was done it should (for example during resume) notify | |
3361 | * userspace of the new replay counter using ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify(). | |
3362 | * | |
de5fad81 YD |
3363 | * @set_default_unicast_key: Set the default (unicast) key index, useful for |
3364 | * WEP when the device sends data packets autonomously, e.g. for ARP | |
3365 | * offloading. The index can be 0-3, or -1 for unsetting it. | |
3366 | * | |
75a5f0cc | 3367 | * @hw_scan: Ask the hardware to service the scan request, no need to start |
8318d78a | 3368 | * the scan state machine in stack. The scan must honour the channel |
9050bdd8 KV |
3369 | * configuration done by the regulatory agent in the wiphy's |
3370 | * registered bands. The hardware (or the driver) needs to make sure | |
de95a54b JB |
3371 | * that power save is disabled. |
3372 | * The @req ie/ie_len members are rewritten by mac80211 to contain the | |
3373 | * entire IEs after the SSID, so that drivers need not look at these | |
3374 | * at all but just send them after the SSID -- mac80211 includes the | |
3375 | * (extended) supported rates and HT information (where applicable). | |
3376 | * When the scan finishes, ieee80211_scan_completed() must be called; | |
3377 | * note that it also must be called when the scan cannot finish due to | |
3378 | * any error unless this callback returned a negative error code. | |
e9da68dd JB |
3379 | * This callback is also allowed to return the special return value 1, |
3380 | * this indicates that hardware scan isn't desirable right now and a | |
3381 | * software scan should be done instead. A driver wishing to use this | |
3382 | * capability must ensure its (hardware) scan capabilities aren't | |
3383 | * advertised as more capable than mac80211's software scan is. | |
e1781ed3 | 3384 | * The callback can sleep. |
75a5f0cc | 3385 | * |
b856439b EP |
3386 | * @cancel_hw_scan: Ask the low-level tp cancel the active hw scan. |
3387 | * The driver should ask the hardware to cancel the scan (if possible), | |
3388 | * but the scan will be completed only after the driver will call | |
3389 | * ieee80211_scan_completed(). | |
3390 | * This callback is needed for wowlan, to prevent enqueueing a new | |
3391 | * scan_work after the low-level driver was already suspended. | |
3392 | * The callback can sleep. | |
3393 | * | |
79f460ca LC |
3394 | * @sched_scan_start: Ask the hardware to start scanning repeatedly at |
3395 | * specific intervals. The driver must call the | |
3396 | * ieee80211_sched_scan_results() function whenever it finds results. | |
3397 | * This process will continue until sched_scan_stop is called. | |
3398 | * | |
3399 | * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the hardware to stop an ongoing scheduled scan. | |
37e3308c | 3400 | * In this case, ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped() must not be called. |
79f460ca | 3401 | * |
80e775bf MB |
3402 | * @sw_scan_start: Notifier function that is called just before a software scan |
3403 | * is started. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need this notification. | |
a344d677 JB |
3404 | * The mac_addr parameter allows supporting NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR, |
3405 | * the driver may set the NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR flag if it | |
3406 | * can use this parameter. The callback can sleep. | |
80e775bf | 3407 | * |
e1781ed3 KV |
3408 | * @sw_scan_complete: Notifier function that is called just after a |
3409 | * software scan finished. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need | |
3410 | * this notification. | |
3411 | * The callback can sleep. | |
80e775bf | 3412 | * |
6dd1bf31 BC |
3413 | * @get_stats: Return low-level statistics. |
3414 | * Returns zero if statistics are available. | |
e1781ed3 | 3415 | * The callback can sleep. |
75a5f0cc | 3416 | * |
9352c19f JB |
3417 | * @get_key_seq: If your device implements encryption in hardware and does |
3418 | * IV/PN assignment then this callback should be provided to read the | |
3419 | * IV/PN for the given key from hardware. | |
e1781ed3 | 3420 | * The callback must be atomic. |
75a5f0cc | 3421 | * |
f23a4780 | 3422 | * @set_frag_threshold: Configuration of fragmentation threshold. Assign this |
f3fe4e93 SS |
3423 | * if the device does fragmentation by itself. Note that to prevent the |
3424 | * stack from doing fragmentation IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG | |
3425 | * should be set as well. | |
f23a4780 AN |
3426 | * The callback can sleep. |
3427 | * | |
75a5f0cc | 3428 | * @set_rts_threshold: Configuration of RTS threshold (if device needs it) |
e1781ed3 | 3429 | * The callback can sleep. |
75a5f0cc | 3430 | * |
34e89507 JB |
3431 | * @sta_add: Notifies low level driver about addition of an associated station, |
3432 | * AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. This callback can sleep. | |
3433 | * | |
3434 | * @sta_remove: Notifies low level driver about removal of an associated | |
6a9d1b91 JB |
3435 | * station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. Note that after the callback |
3436 | * returns it isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected; | |
3437 | * no RCU grace period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing | |
3438 | * the station. See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed. | |
3439 | * This callback can sleep. | |
34e89507 | 3440 | * |
77d2ece6 SM |
3441 | * @sta_add_debugfs: Drivers can use this callback to add debugfs files |
3442 | * when a station is added to mac80211's station list. This callback | |
c7e9dbcf JB |
3443 | * should be within a CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS conditional. This |
3444 | * callback can sleep. | |
77d2ece6 | 3445 | * |
34e89507 | 3446 | * @sta_notify: Notifies low level driver about power state transition of an |
d057e5a3 AN |
3447 | * associated station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. For a VIF operating |
3448 | * in AP mode, this callback will not be called when the flag | |
3449 | * %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS is set. Must be atomic. | |
4571d3bf | 3450 | * |
f09603a2 JB |
3451 | * @sta_state: Notifies low level driver about state transition of a |
3452 | * station (which can be the AP, a client, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc.) | |
3453 | * This callback is mutually exclusive with @sta_add/@sta_remove. | |
3454 | * It must not fail for down transitions but may fail for transitions | |
6a9d1b91 JB |
3455 | * up the list of states. Also note that after the callback returns it |
3456 | * isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected - no RCU grace | |
3457 | * period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing the station. | |
3458 | * See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed. | |
3459 | * The callback can sleep. | |
3460 | * | |
3461 | * @sta_pre_rcu_remove: Notify driver about station removal before RCU | |
3462 | * synchronisation. This is useful if a driver needs to have station | |
3463 | * pointers protected using RCU, it can then use this call to clear | |
3464 | * the pointers instead of waiting for an RCU grace period to elapse | |
3465 | * in @sta_state. | |
f09603a2 JB |
3466 | * The callback can sleep. |
3467 | * | |
8f727ef3 JB |
3468 | * @sta_rc_update: Notifies the driver of changes to the bitrates that can be |
3469 | * used to transmit to the station. The changes are advertised with bits | |
3470 | * from &enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed and the values are reflected | |
3471 | * in the station data. This callback should only be used when the driver | |
3472 | * uses hardware rate control (%IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL) since | |
3473 | * otherwise the rate control algorithm is notified directly. | |
3474 | * Must be atomic. | |
f815e2b3 JB |
3475 | * @sta_rate_tbl_update: Notifies the driver that the rate table changed. This |
3476 | * is only used if the configured rate control algorithm actually uses | |
3477 | * the new rate table API, and is therefore optional. Must be atomic. | |
8f727ef3 | 3478 | * |
2b9a7e1b JB |
3479 | * @sta_statistics: Get statistics for this station. For example with beacon |
3480 | * filtering, the statistics kept by mac80211 might not be accurate, so | |
3481 | * let the driver pre-fill the statistics. The driver can fill most of | |
3482 | * the values (indicating which by setting the filled bitmap), but not | |
3483 | * all of them make sense - see the source for which ones are possible. | |
3484 | * Statistics that the driver doesn't fill will be filled by mac80211. | |
3485 | * The callback can sleep. | |
3486 | * | |
75a5f0cc | 3487 | * @conf_tx: Configure TX queue parameters (EDCF (aifs, cw_min, cw_max), |
fe3fa827 | 3488 | * bursting) for a hardware TX queue. |
6dd1bf31 | 3489 | * Returns a negative error code on failure. |
e1781ed3 | 3490 | * The callback can sleep. |
75a5f0cc | 3491 | * |
75a5f0cc | 3492 | * @get_tsf: Get the current TSF timer value from firmware/hardware. Currently, |
3b5d665b | 3493 | * this is only used for IBSS mode BSSID merging and debugging. Is not a |
7b08b3b4 | 3494 | * required function. |
e1781ed3 | 3495 | * The callback can sleep. |
3b5d665b AF |
3496 | * |
3497 | * @set_tsf: Set the TSF timer to the specified value in the firmware/hardware. | |
ad24b0da | 3498 | * Currently, this is only used for IBSS mode debugging. Is not a |
7b08b3b4 | 3499 | * required function. |
e1781ed3 | 3500 | * The callback can sleep. |
75a5f0cc | 3501 | * |
354d381b PT |
3502 | * @offset_tsf: Offset the TSF timer by the specified value in the |
3503 | * firmware/hardware. Preferred to set_tsf as it avoids delay between | |
3504 | * calling set_tsf() and hardware getting programmed, which will show up | |
3505 | * as TSF delay. Is not a required function. | |
3506 | * The callback can sleep. | |
3507 | * | |
75a5f0cc JB |
3508 | * @reset_tsf: Reset the TSF timer and allow firmware/hardware to synchronize |
3509 | * with other STAs in the IBSS. This is only used in IBSS mode. This | |
3510 | * function is optional if the firmware/hardware takes full care of | |
3511 | * TSF synchronization. | |
e1781ed3 | 3512 | * The callback can sleep. |
75a5f0cc | 3513 | * |
75a5f0cc JB |
3514 | * @tx_last_beacon: Determine whether the last IBSS beacon was sent by us. |
3515 | * This is needed only for IBSS mode and the result of this function is | |
3516 | * used to determine whether to reply to Probe Requests. | |
6dd1bf31 | 3517 | * Returns non-zero if this device sent the last beacon. |
e1781ed3 | 3518 | * The callback can sleep. |
d3c990fb | 3519 | * |
4e8998f0 RD |
3520 | * @get_survey: Return per-channel survey information |
3521 | * | |
1f87f7d3 JB |
3522 | * @rfkill_poll: Poll rfkill hardware state. If you need this, you also |
3523 | * need to set wiphy->rfkill_poll to %true before registration, | |
3524 | * and need to call wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state() in the callback. | |
e1781ed3 | 3525 | * The callback can sleep. |
aff89a9b | 3526 | * |
310bc676 LT |
3527 | * @set_coverage_class: Set slot time for given coverage class as specified |
3528 | * in IEEE 802.11-2007 section 17.3.8.6 and modify ACK timeout | |
a4bcaf55 LB |
3529 | * accordingly; coverage class equals to -1 to enable ACK timeout |
3530 | * estimation algorithm (dynack). To disable dynack set valid value for | |
3531 | * coverage class. This callback is not required and may sleep. | |
310bc676 | 3532 | * |
52981cd7 DS |
3533 | * @testmode_cmd: Implement a cfg80211 test mode command. The passed @vif may |
3534 | * be %NULL. The callback can sleep. | |
71063f0e | 3535 | * @testmode_dump: Implement a cfg80211 test mode dump. The callback can sleep. |
a80f7c0b JB |
3536 | * |
3537 | * @flush: Flush all pending frames from the hardware queue, making sure | |
39ecc01d JB |
3538 | * that the hardware queues are empty. The @queues parameter is a bitmap |
3539 | * of queues to flush, which is useful if different virtual interfaces | |
3540 | * use different hardware queues; it may also indicate all queues. | |
3541 | * If the parameter @drop is set to %true, pending frames may be dropped. | |
77be2c54 | 3542 | * Note that vif can be NULL. |
39ecc01d | 3543 | * The callback can sleep. |
5ce6e438 JB |
3544 | * |
3545 | * @channel_switch: Drivers that need (or want) to offload the channel | |
3546 | * switch operation for CSAs received from the AP may implement this | |
3547 | * callback. They must then call ieee80211_chswitch_done() to indicate | |
3548 | * completion of the channel switch. | |
4e6cbfd0 | 3549 | * |
79b1c460 BR |
3550 | * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. |
3551 | * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may | |
3552 | * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL | |
3553 | * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). | |
3554 | * | |
3555 | * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). | |
4976b4eb JB |
3556 | * |
3557 | * @remain_on_channel: Starts an off-channel period on the given channel, must | |
3558 | * call back to ieee80211_ready_on_channel() when on that channel. Note | |
3559 | * that normal channel traffic is not stopped as this is intended for hw | |
3560 | * offload. Frames to transmit on the off-channel channel are transmitted | |
3561 | * normally except for the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN flag. When the | |
3562 | * duration (which will always be non-zero) expires, the driver must call | |
196ac1c1 | 3563 | * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired(). |
196ac1c1 JB |
3564 | * Note that this callback may be called while the device is in IDLE and |
3565 | * must be accepted in this case. | |
3566 | * This callback may sleep. | |
4976b4eb JB |
3567 | * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Requests that an ongoing off-channel period is |
3568 | * aborted before it expires. This callback may sleep. | |
38c09159 JL |
3569 | * |
3570 | * @set_ringparam: Set tx and rx ring sizes. | |
3571 | * | |
3572 | * @get_ringparam: Get tx and rx ring current and maximum sizes. | |
e8306f98 VN |
3573 | * |
3574 | * @tx_frames_pending: Check if there is any pending frame in the hardware | |
3575 | * queues before entering power save. | |
bdbfd6b5 SM |
3576 | * |
3577 | * @set_bitrate_mask: Set a mask of rates to be used for rate control selection | |
3578 | * when transmitting a frame. Currently only legacy rates are handled. | |
3579 | * The callback can sleep. | |
a8182929 EG |
3580 | * @event_callback: Notify driver about any event in mac80211. See |
3581 | * &enum ieee80211_event_type for the different types. | |
6382246e | 3582 | * The callback must be atomic. |
4049e09a JB |
3583 | * |
3584 | * @release_buffered_frames: Release buffered frames according to the given | |
3585 | * parameters. In the case where the driver buffers some frames for | |
3586 | * sleeping stations mac80211 will use this callback to tell the driver | |
3587 | * to release some frames, either for PS-poll or uAPSD. | |
e227867f | 3588 | * Note that if the @more_data parameter is %false the driver must check |
4049e09a JB |
3589 | * if there are more frames on the given TIDs, and if there are more than |
3590 | * the frames being released then it must still set the more-data bit in | |
3591 | * the frame. If the @more_data parameter is %true, then of course the | |
3592 | * more-data bit must always be set. | |
3593 | * The @tids parameter tells the driver which TIDs to release frames | |
3594 | * from, for PS-poll it will always have only a single bit set. | |
deeaee19 JB |
3595 | * In the case this is used for a PS-poll initiated release, the |
3596 | * @num_frames parameter will always be 1 so code can be shared. In | |
3597 | * this case the driver must also set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag | |
3598 | * on the TX status (and must report TX status) so that the PS-poll | |
3599 | * period is properly ended. This is used to avoid sending multiple | |
3600 | * responses for a retried PS-poll frame. | |
4049e09a JB |
3601 | * In the case this is used for uAPSD, the @num_frames parameter may be |
3602 | * bigger than one, but the driver may send fewer frames (it must send | |
3603 | * at least one, however). In this case it is also responsible for | |
47086fc5 JB |
3604 | * setting the EOSP flag in the QoS header of the frames. Also, when the |
3605 | * service period ends, the driver must set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP | |
37fbd908 | 3606 | * on the last frame in the SP. Alternatively, it may call the function |
e943789e | 3607 | * ieee80211_sta_eosp() to inform mac80211 of the end of the SP. |
4049e09a | 3608 | * This callback must be atomic. |
40b96408 JB |
3609 | * @allow_buffered_frames: Prepare device to allow the given number of frames |
3610 | * to go out to the given station. The frames will be sent by mac80211 | |
3611 | * via the usual TX path after this call. The TX information for frames | |
02f2f1a9 | 3612 | * released will also have the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER flag set |
40b96408 JB |
3613 | * and the last one will also have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set. In case |
3614 | * frames from multiple TIDs are released and the driver might reorder | |
3615 | * them between the TIDs, it must set the %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag | |
3616 | * on the last frame and clear it on all others and also handle the EOSP | |
37fbd908 | 3617 | * bit in the QoS header correctly. Alternatively, it can also call the |
e943789e | 3618 | * ieee80211_sta_eosp() function. |
40b96408 JB |
3619 | * The @tids parameter is a bitmap and tells the driver which TIDs the |
3620 | * frames will be on; it will at most have two bits set. | |
3621 | * This callback must be atomic. | |
e352114f BG |
3622 | * |
3623 | * @get_et_sset_count: Ethtool API to get string-set count. | |
3624 | * | |
3625 | * @get_et_stats: Ethtool API to get a set of u64 stats. | |
3626 | * | |
3627 | * @get_et_strings: Ethtool API to get a set of strings to describe stats | |
3628 | * and perhaps other supported types of ethtool data-sets. | |
3629 | * | |
a1845fc7 JB |
3630 | * @mgd_prepare_tx: Prepare for transmitting a management frame for association |
3631 | * before associated. In multi-channel scenarios, a virtual interface is | |
3632 | * bound to a channel before it is associated, but as it isn't associated | |
3633 | * yet it need not necessarily be given airtime, in particular since any | |
3634 | * transmission to a P2P GO needs to be synchronized against the GO's | |
3635 | * powersave state. mac80211 will call this function before transmitting a | |
3636 | * management frame prior to having successfully associated to allow the | |
3637 | * driver to give it channel time for the transmission, to get a response | |
3638 | * and to be able to synchronize with the GO. | |
94ba9271 IP |
3639 | * For drivers that set %IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP, mac80211 |
3640 | * would also call this function before transmitting a deauthentication | |
3641 | * frame in case that no beacon was heard from the AP/P2P GO. | |
a1845fc7 JB |
3642 | * The callback will be called before each transmission and upon return |
3643 | * mac80211 will transmit the frame right away. | |
d4e36e55 IP |
3644 | * If duration is greater than zero, mac80211 hints to the driver the |
3645 | * duration for which the operation is requested. | |
a1845fc7 | 3646 | * The callback is optional and can (should!) sleep. |
c3645eac | 3647 | * |
ee10f2c7 AN |
3648 | * @mgd_protect_tdls_discover: Protect a TDLS discovery session. After sending |
3649 | * a TDLS discovery-request, we expect a reply to arrive on the AP's | |
3650 | * channel. We must stay on the channel (no PSM, scan, etc.), since a TDLS | |
3651 | * setup-response is a direct packet not buffered by the AP. | |
3652 | * mac80211 will call this function just before the transmission of a TDLS | |
3653 | * discovery-request. The recommended period of protection is at least | |
3654 | * 2 * (DTIM period). | |
3655 | * The callback is optional and can sleep. | |
3656 | * | |
c3645eac | 3657 | * @add_chanctx: Notifies device driver about new channel context creation. |
dcae9e02 | 3658 | * This callback may sleep. |
c3645eac | 3659 | * @remove_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context destruction. |
dcae9e02 | 3660 | * This callback may sleep. |
c3645eac MK |
3661 | * @change_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context changes that |
3662 | * may happen when combining different virtual interfaces on the same | |
3663 | * channel context with different settings | |
dcae9e02 | 3664 | * This callback may sleep. |
c3645eac MK |
3665 | * @assign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being bound |
3666 | * to vif. Possible use is for hw queue remapping. | |
dcae9e02 | 3667 | * This callback may sleep. |
c3645eac MK |
3668 | * @unassign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being |
3669 | * unbound from vif. | |
dcae9e02 | 3670 | * This callback may sleep. |
1a5f0c13 LC |
3671 | * @switch_vif_chanctx: switch a number of vifs from one chanctx to |
3672 | * another, as specified in the list of | |
3673 | * @ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch passed to the driver, according | |
3674 | * to the mode defined in &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode. | |
dcae9e02 | 3675 | * This callback may sleep. |
1a5f0c13 | 3676 | * |
1041638f JB |
3677 | * @start_ap: Start operation on the AP interface, this is called after all the |
3678 | * information in bss_conf is set and beacon can be retrieved. A channel | |
3679 | * context is bound before this is called. Note that if the driver uses | |
3680 | * software scan or ROC, this (and @stop_ap) isn't called when the AP is | |
3681 | * just "paused" for scanning/ROC, which is indicated by the beacon being | |
3682 | * disabled/enabled via @bss_info_changed. | |
3683 | * @stop_ap: Stop operation on the AP interface. | |
9214ad7f | 3684 | * |
cf2c92d8 EP |
3685 | * @reconfig_complete: Called after a call to ieee80211_restart_hw() and |
3686 | * during resume, when the reconfiguration has completed. | |
3687 | * This can help the driver implement the reconfiguration step (and | |
3688 | * indicate mac80211 is ready to receive frames). | |
3689 | * This callback may sleep. | |
8f21b0ad | 3690 | * |
a65240c1 JB |
3691 | * @ipv6_addr_change: IPv6 address assignment on the given interface changed. |
3692 | * Currently, this is only called for managed or P2P client interfaces. | |
3693 | * This callback is optional; it must not sleep. | |
73da7d5b SW |
3694 | * |
3695 | * @channel_switch_beacon: Starts a channel switch to a new channel. | |
3696 | * Beacons are modified to include CSA or ECSA IEs before calling this | |
3697 | * function. The corresponding count fields in these IEs must be | |
66e01cf9 | 3698 | * decremented, and when they reach 1 the driver must call |
73da7d5b SW |
3699 | * ieee80211_csa_finish(). Drivers which use ieee80211_beacon_get() |
3700 | * get the csa counter decremented by mac80211, but must check if it is | |
66e01cf9 | 3701 | * 1 using ieee80211_csa_is_complete() after the beacon has been |
73da7d5b | 3702 | * transmitted and then call ieee80211_csa_finish(). |
66e01cf9 LC |
3703 | * If the CSA count starts as zero or 1, this function will not be called, |
3704 | * since there won't be any time to beacon before the switch anyway. | |
6d027bcc LC |
3705 | * @pre_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called |
3706 | * before a channel switch procedure is started (ie. when a STA | |
9332ef9d | 3707 | * gets a CSA or a userspace initiated channel-switch), allowing |
6d027bcc | 3708 | * the driver to prepare for the channel switch. |
f1d65583 LC |
3709 | * @post_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called |
3710 | * after a channel switch procedure is completed, allowing the | |
3711 | * driver to go back to a normal configuration. | |
b9cc81d8 SS |
3712 | * @abort_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called |
3713 | * when channel switch procedure was completed, allowing the | |
3714 | * driver to go back to a normal configuration. | |
fafd2bce SS |
3715 | * @channel_switch_rx_beacon: This is an optional callback that is called |
3716 | * when channel switch procedure is in progress and additional beacon with | |
3717 | * CSA IE was received, allowing driver to track changes in count. | |
55fff501 JB |
3718 | * @join_ibss: Join an IBSS (on an IBSS interface); this is called after all |
3719 | * information in bss_conf is set up and the beacon can be retrieved. A | |
3720 | * channel context is bound before this is called. | |
3721 | * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS again. | |
cca674d4 AQ |
3722 | * |
3723 | * @get_expected_throughput: extract the expected throughput towards the | |
3724 | * specified station. The returned value is expressed in Kbps. It returns 0 | |
3725 | * if the RC algorithm does not have proper data to provide. | |
5b3dc42b FF |
3726 | * |
3727 | * @get_txpower: get current maximum tx power (in dBm) based on configuration | |
3728 | * and hardware limits. | |
a7a6bdd0 AN |
3729 | * |
3730 | * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver | |
3731 | * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations | |
3732 | * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. The | |
3733 | * driver receives a channel-switch request template and the location of | |
3734 | * the switch-timing IE within the template as part of the invocation. | |
3735 | * The template is valid only within the call, and the driver can | |
3736 | * optionally copy the skb for further re-use. | |
3737 | * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both | |
3738 | * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. | |
8a4d32f3 AN |
3739 | * @tdls_recv_channel_switch: a TDLS channel-switch related frame (request or |
3740 | * response) has been received from a remote peer. The driver gets | |
3741 | * parameters parsed from the incoming frame and may use them to continue | |
3742 | * an ongoing channel-switch operation. In addition, a channel-switch | |
3743 | * response template is provided, together with the location of the | |
3744 | * switch-timing IE within the template. The skb can only be used within | |
3745 | * the function call. | |
ba8c3d6f FF |
3746 | * |
3747 | * @wake_tx_queue: Called when new packets have been added to the queue. | |
f59374eb SS |
3748 | * @sync_rx_queues: Process all pending frames in RSS queues. This is a |
3749 | * synchronization which is needed in case driver has in its RSS queues | |
3750 | * pending frames that were received prior to the control path action | |
3751 | * currently taken (e.g. disassociation) but are not processed yet. | |
708d50ed AB |
3752 | * |
3753 | * @start_nan: join an existing NAN cluster, or create a new one. | |
3754 | * @stop_nan: leave the NAN cluster. | |
5953ff6d AB |
3755 | * @nan_change_conf: change NAN configuration. The data in cfg80211_nan_conf |
3756 | * contains full new configuration and changes specify which parameters | |
3757 | * are changed with respect to the last NAN config. | |
3758 | * The driver gets both full configuration and the changed parameters since | |
3759 | * some devices may need the full configuration while others need only the | |
3760 | * changed parameters. | |
167e33f4 AB |
3761 | * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns 0 on success. The data in |
3762 | * cfg80211_nan_func must not be referenced outside the scope of | |
3763 | * this call. | |
3764 | * @del_nan_func: Remove a NAN function. The driver must call | |
3765 | * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated() with | |
3766 | * NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST reason code upon removal. | |
9739fe29 SS |
3767 | * @can_aggregate_in_amsdu: Called in order to determine if HW supports |
3768 | * aggregating two specific frames in the same A-MSDU. The relation | |
3769 | * between the skbs should be symmetric and transitive. Note that while | |
3770 | * skb is always a real frame, head may or may not be an A-MSDU. | |
bc847970 PKC |
3771 | * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. |
3772 | * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. | |
cee7013b JB |
3773 | * |
3774 | * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) (this call can sleep) | |
3775 | * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement (this call can sleep) | |
75a5f0cc | 3776 | */ |
f0706e82 | 3777 | struct ieee80211_ops { |
36323f81 TH |
3778 | void (*tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
3779 | struct ieee80211_tx_control *control, | |
3780 | struct sk_buff *skb); | |
4150c572 | 3781 | int (*start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
4150c572 | 3782 | void (*stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
eecc4800 JB |
3783 | #ifdef CONFIG_PM |
3784 | int (*suspend)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan); | |
3785 | int (*resume)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | |
6d52563f | 3786 | void (*set_wakeup)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, bool enabled); |
eecc4800 | 3787 | #endif |
f0706e82 | 3788 | int (*add_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
1ed32e4f | 3789 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
34d4bc4d JB |
3790 | int (*change_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
3791 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
2ca27bcf | 3792 | enum nl80211_iftype new_type, bool p2p); |
f0706e82 | 3793 | void (*remove_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
1ed32e4f | 3794 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
e8975581 | 3795 | int (*config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 changed); |
471b3efd JB |
3796 | void (*bss_info_changed)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
3797 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
3798 | struct ieee80211_bss_conf *info, | |
3799 | u32 changed); | |
b2abb6e2 | 3800 | |
1041638f JB |
3801 | int (*start_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
3802 | void (*stop_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | |
3803 | ||
3ac64bee | 3804 | u64 (*prepare_multicast)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
22bedad3 | 3805 | struct netdev_hw_addr_list *mc_list); |
4150c572 JB |
3806 | void (*configure_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
3807 | unsigned int changed_flags, | |
3808 | unsigned int *total_flags, | |
3ac64bee | 3809 | u64 multicast); |
1b09b556 AO |
3810 | void (*config_iface_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
3811 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
3812 | unsigned int filter_flags, | |
3813 | unsigned int changed_flags); | |
17741cdc JB |
3814 | int (*set_tim)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
3815 | bool set); | |
ea49c359 | 3816 | int (*set_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, enum set_key_cmd cmd, |
dc822b5d | 3817 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
11a843b7 | 3818 | struct ieee80211_key_conf *key); |
9ae4fda3 | 3819 | void (*update_tkip_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
b3fbdcf4 JB |
3820 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
3821 | struct ieee80211_key_conf *conf, | |
3822 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | |
3823 | u32 iv32, u16 *phase1key); | |
c68f4b89 JB |
3824 | void (*set_rekey_data)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
3825 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
3826 | struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); | |
de5fad81 YD |
3827 | void (*set_default_unicast_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
3828 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int idx); | |
a060bbfe | 3829 | int (*hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
c56ef672 | 3830 | struct ieee80211_scan_request *req); |
b856439b EP |
3831 | void (*cancel_hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
3832 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | |
79f460ca LC |
3833 | int (*sched_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
3834 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
3835 | struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *req, | |
633e2713 | 3836 | struct ieee80211_scan_ies *ies); |
37e3308c | 3837 | int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
79f460ca | 3838 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
a344d677 JB |
3839 | void (*sw_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
3840 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
3841 | const u8 *mac_addr); | |
3842 | void (*sw_scan_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
3843 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | |
f0706e82 JB |
3844 | int (*get_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
3845 | struct ieee80211_low_level_stats *stats); | |
9352c19f JB |
3846 | void (*get_key_seq)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
3847 | struct ieee80211_key_conf *key, | |
3848 | struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq); | |
f23a4780 | 3849 | int (*set_frag_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value); |
f0706e82 | 3850 | int (*set_rts_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value); |
34e89507 JB |
3851 | int (*sta_add)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
3852 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta); | |
3853 | int (*sta_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
3854 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta); | |
77d2ece6 SM |
3855 | #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS |
3856 | void (*sta_add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
3857 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
3858 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | |
3859 | struct dentry *dir); | |
77d2ece6 | 3860 | #endif |
32bfd35d | 3861 | void (*sta_notify)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
17741cdc | 3862 | enum sta_notify_cmd, struct ieee80211_sta *sta); |
ba905bf4 ARN |
3863 | int (*sta_set_txpwr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
3864 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
3865 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta); | |
f09603a2 JB |
3866 | int (*sta_state)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
3867 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | |
3868 | enum ieee80211_sta_state old_state, | |
3869 | enum ieee80211_sta_state new_state); | |
6a9d1b91 JB |
3870 | void (*sta_pre_rcu_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
3871 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
3872 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta); | |
8f727ef3 JB |
3873 | void (*sta_rc_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
3874 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
3875 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | |
3876 | u32 changed); | |
f815e2b3 JB |
3877 | void (*sta_rate_tbl_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
3878 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
3879 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta); | |
2b9a7e1b JB |
3880 | void (*sta_statistics)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
3881 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
3882 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | |
3883 | struct station_info *sinfo); | |
8a3a3c85 | 3884 | int (*conf_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
a3304b0a | 3885 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ac, |
f0706e82 | 3886 | const struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params *params); |
37a41b4a EP |
3887 | u64 (*get_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
3888 | void (*set_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
3889 | u64 tsf); | |
354d381b PT |
3890 | void (*offset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
3891 | s64 offset); | |
37a41b4a | 3892 | void (*reset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
f0706e82 | 3893 | int (*tx_last_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
57eeb208 JB |
3894 | |
3895 | /** | |
3896 | * @ampdu_action: | |
3897 | * Perform a certain A-MPDU action. | |
3898 | * The RA/TID combination determines the destination and TID we want | |
3899 | * the ampdu action to be performed for. The action is defined through | |
3900 | * ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action. | |
3901 | * When the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL the driver | |
3902 | * may neither send aggregates containing more subframes than @buf_size | |
3903 | * nor send aggregates in a way that lost frames would exceed the | |
3904 | * buffer size. If just limiting the aggregate size, this would be | |
3905 | * possible with a buf_size of 8: | |
3906 | * | |
3907 | * - ``TX: 1.....7`` | |
3908 | * - ``RX: 2....7`` (lost frame #1) | |
3909 | * - ``TX: 8..1...`` | |
3910 | * | |
3911 | * which is invalid since #1 was now re-transmitted well past the | |
3912 | * buffer size of 8. Correct ways to retransmit #1 would be: | |
3913 | * | |
3914 | * - ``TX: 1 or`` | |
3915 | * - ``TX: 18 or`` | |
3916 | * - ``TX: 81`` | |
3917 | * | |
3918 | * Even ``189`` would be wrong since 1 could be lost again. | |
3919 | * | |
2ce113de JB |
3920 | * Returns a negative error code on failure. The driver may return |
3921 | * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_IMMEDIATE for %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START | |
3922 | * if the session can start immediately. | |
3923 | * | |
57eeb208 JB |
3924 | * The callback can sleep. |
3925 | */ | |
1b7d03ac | 3926 | int (*ampdu_action)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
c951ad35 | 3927 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
50ea05ef | 3928 | struct ieee80211_ampdu_params *params); |
1289723e HS |
3929 | int (*get_survey)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int idx, |
3930 | struct survey_info *survey); | |
1f87f7d3 | 3931 | void (*rfkill_poll)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
a4bcaf55 | 3932 | void (*set_coverage_class)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, s16 coverage_class); |
aff89a9b | 3933 | #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE |
52981cd7 DS |
3934 | int (*testmode_cmd)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
3935 | void *data, int len); | |
71063f0e WYG |
3936 | int (*testmode_dump)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb, |
3937 | struct netlink_callback *cb, | |
3938 | void *data, int len); | |
aff89a9b | 3939 | #endif |
77be2c54 EG |
3940 | void (*flush)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
3941 | u32 queues, bool drop); | |
5ce6e438 | 3942 | void (*channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
0f791eb4 | 3943 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
5ce6e438 | 3944 | struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch); |
15d96753 BR |
3945 | int (*set_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); |
3946 | int (*get_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); | |
21f83589 JB |
3947 | |
3948 | int (*remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
49884568 | 3949 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
21f83589 | 3950 | struct ieee80211_channel *chan, |
d339d5ca IP |
3951 | int duration, |
3952 | enum ieee80211_roc_type type); | |
5db4c4b9 EG |
3953 | int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
3954 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | |
38c09159 JL |
3955 | int (*set_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx, u32 rx); |
3956 | void (*get_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
3957 | u32 *tx, u32 *tx_max, u32 *rx, u32 *rx_max); | |
e8306f98 | 3958 | bool (*tx_frames_pending)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
bdbfd6b5 SM |
3959 | int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
3960 | const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); | |
a8182929 EG |
3961 | void (*event_callback)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
3962 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
3963 | const struct ieee80211_event *event); | |
4049e09a | 3964 | |
40b96408 JB |
3965 | void (*allow_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
3966 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | |
3967 | u16 tids, int num_frames, | |
3968 | enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason, | |
3969 | bool more_data); | |
4049e09a JB |
3970 | void (*release_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
3971 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | |
3972 | u16 tids, int num_frames, | |
3973 | enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason, | |
3974 | bool more_data); | |
e352114f BG |
3975 | |
3976 | int (*get_et_sset_count)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
3977 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int sset); | |
3978 | void (*get_et_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
3979 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
3980 | struct ethtool_stats *stats, u64 *data); | |
3981 | void (*get_et_strings)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
3982 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
3983 | u32 sset, u8 *data); | |
a1845fc7 JB |
3984 | |
3985 | void (*mgd_prepare_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
d4e36e55 IP |
3986 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
3987 | u16 duration); | |
c3645eac | 3988 | |
ee10f2c7 AN |
3989 | void (*mgd_protect_tdls_discover)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
3990 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | |
3991 | ||
c3645eac MK |
3992 | int (*add_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
3993 | struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx); | |
3994 | void (*remove_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
3995 | struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx); | |
3996 | void (*change_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
3997 | struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx, | |
3998 | u32 changed); | |
3999 | int (*assign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
4000 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4001 | struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx); | |
4002 | void (*unassign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
4003 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4004 | struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx); | |
1a5f0c13 LC |
4005 | int (*switch_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4006 | struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch *vifs, | |
4007 | int n_vifs, | |
4008 | enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode mode); | |
9214ad7f | 4009 | |
cf2c92d8 EP |
4010 | void (*reconfig_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4011 | enum ieee80211_reconfig_type reconfig_type); | |
a65240c1 JB |
4012 | |
4013 | #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6) | |
4014 | void (*ipv6_addr_change)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
4015 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4016 | struct inet6_dev *idev); | |
4017 | #endif | |
73da7d5b SW |
4018 | void (*channel_switch_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4019 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4020 | struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); | |
6d027bcc LC |
4021 | int (*pre_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4022 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4023 | struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch); | |
55fff501 | 4024 | |
f1d65583 LC |
4025 | int (*post_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4026 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | |
b9cc81d8 SS |
4027 | void (*abort_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4028 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | |
fafd2bce SS |
4029 | void (*channel_switch_rx_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4030 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4031 | struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch); | |
f1d65583 | 4032 | |
55fff501 JB |
4033 | int (*join_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
4034 | void (*leave_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | |
2439ca04 MA |
4035 | u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4036 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta); | |
5b3dc42b FF |
4037 | int (*get_txpower)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
4038 | int *dbm); | |
a7a6bdd0 AN |
4039 | |
4040 | int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
4041 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4042 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 oper_class, | |
4043 | struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, | |
8a4d32f3 | 4044 | struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb, u32 ch_sw_tm_ie); |
a7a6bdd0 AN |
4045 | void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4046 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4047 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta); | |
8a4d32f3 AN |
4048 | void (*tdls_recv_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4049 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4050 | struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params *params); | |
ba8c3d6f | 4051 | |
e7881bd5 JB |
4052 | void (*wake_tx_queue)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4053 | struct ieee80211_txq *txq); | |
f59374eb | 4054 | void (*sync_rx_queues)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
708d50ed AB |
4055 | |
4056 | int (*start_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
4057 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4058 | struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); | |
4059 | int (*stop_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
4060 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | |
5953ff6d AB |
4061 | int (*nan_change_conf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4062 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4063 | struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, u32 changes); | |
167e33f4 AB |
4064 | int (*add_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4065 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4066 | const struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); | |
4067 | void (*del_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
4068 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4069 | u8 instance_id); | |
9739fe29 SS |
4070 | bool (*can_aggregate_in_amsdu)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4071 | struct sk_buff *head, | |
4072 | struct sk_buff *skb); | |
bc847970 PKC |
4073 | int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4074 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4075 | struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); | |
cee7013b JB |
4076 | int (*start_pmsr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
4077 | struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); | |
4078 | void (*abort_pmsr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4079 | struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); | |
f0706e82 JB |
4080 | }; |
4081 | ||
75a5f0cc | 4082 | /** |
ad28757e | 4083 | * ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm - Allocate a new hardware device |
75a5f0cc JB |
4084 | * |
4085 | * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer | |
4086 | * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions. | |
4087 | * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by | |
4088 | * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as | |
4089 | * @priv_data_len. | |
4090 | * | |
4091 | * @priv_data_len: length of private data | |
4092 | * @ops: callbacks for this device | |
ad28757e BG |
4093 | * @requested_name: Requested name for this device. |
4094 | * NULL is valid value, and means use the default naming (phy%d) | |
0ae997dc YB |
4095 | * |
4096 | * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error. | |
f0706e82 | 4097 | */ |
ad28757e BG |
4098 | struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(size_t priv_data_len, |
4099 | const struct ieee80211_ops *ops, | |
4100 | const char *requested_name); | |
4101 | ||
4102 | /** | |
4103 | * ieee80211_alloc_hw - Allocate a new hardware device | |
4104 | * | |
4105 | * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer | |
4106 | * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions. | |
4107 | * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by | |
4108 | * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as | |
4109 | * @priv_data_len. | |
4110 | * | |
4111 | * @priv_data_len: length of private data | |
4112 | * @ops: callbacks for this device | |
4113 | * | |
4114 | * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error. | |
4115 | */ | |
4116 | static inline | |
f0706e82 | 4117 | struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw(size_t priv_data_len, |
ad28757e BG |
4118 | const struct ieee80211_ops *ops) |
4119 | { | |
4120 | return ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(priv_data_len, ops, NULL); | |
4121 | } | |
f0706e82 | 4122 | |
75a5f0cc JB |
4123 | /** |
4124 | * ieee80211_register_hw - Register hardware device | |
4125 | * | |
dbbea671 JB |
4126 | * You must call this function before any other functions in |
4127 | * mac80211. Note that before a hardware can be registered, you | |
4128 | * need to fill the contained wiphy's information. | |
75a5f0cc JB |
4129 | * |
4130 | * @hw: the device to register as returned by ieee80211_alloc_hw() | |
0ae997dc YB |
4131 | * |
4132 | * Return: 0 on success. An error code otherwise. | |
75a5f0cc | 4133 | */ |
f0706e82 JB |
4134 | int ieee80211_register_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
4135 | ||
e1e54068 JB |
4136 | /** |
4137 | * struct ieee80211_tpt_blink - throughput blink description | |
4138 | * @throughput: throughput in Kbit/sec | |
4139 | * @blink_time: blink time in milliseconds | |
4140 | * (full cycle, ie. one off + one on period) | |
4141 | */ | |
4142 | struct ieee80211_tpt_blink { | |
4143 | int throughput; | |
4144 | int blink_time; | |
4145 | }; | |
4146 | ||
67408c8c JB |
4147 | /** |
4148 | * enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags - throughput trigger flags | |
4149 | * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO: enable blinking with radio | |
4150 | * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK: enable blinking when working | |
4151 | * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED: enable blinking when at least one | |
4152 | * interface is connected in some way, including being an AP | |
4153 | */ | |
4154 | enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags { | |
4155 | IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO = BIT(0), | |
4156 | IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK = BIT(1), | |
4157 | IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED = BIT(2), | |
4158 | }; | |
4159 | ||
f0706e82 | 4160 | #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS |
f5c4ae07 JB |
4161 | const char *__ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
4162 | const char *__ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | |
4163 | const char *__ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | |
4164 | const char *__ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | |
4165 | const char * | |
4166 | __ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
4167 | unsigned int flags, | |
4168 | const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table, | |
4169 | unsigned int blink_table_len); | |
f0706e82 | 4170 | #endif |
75a5f0cc JB |
4171 | /** |
4172 | * ieee80211_get_tx_led_name - get name of TX LED | |
4173 | * | |
4174 | * mac80211 creates a transmit LED trigger for each wireless hardware | |
4175 | * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device. | |
4176 | * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs) | |
4177 | * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device. | |
4178 | * | |
4179 | * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for | |
0ae997dc YB |
4180 | * |
4181 | * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs. | |
75a5f0cc | 4182 | */ |
f5c4ae07 | 4183 | static inline const char *ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw) |
f0706e82 JB |
4184 | { |
4185 | #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS | |
4186 | return __ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(hw); | |
4187 | #else | |
4188 | return NULL; | |
4189 | #endif | |
4190 | } | |
4191 | ||
75a5f0cc JB |
4192 | /** |
4193 | * ieee80211_get_rx_led_name - get name of RX LED | |
4194 | * | |
4195 | * mac80211 creates a receive LED trigger for each wireless hardware | |
4196 | * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device. | |
4197 | * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs) | |
4198 | * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device. | |
4199 | * | |
4200 | * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for | |
0ae997dc YB |
4201 | * |
4202 | * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs. | |
75a5f0cc | 4203 | */ |
f5c4ae07 | 4204 | static inline const char *ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw) |
f0706e82 JB |
4205 | { |
4206 | #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS | |
4207 | return __ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(hw); | |
4208 | #else | |
4209 | return NULL; | |
4210 | #endif | |
4211 | } | |
4212 | ||
cdcb006f ID |
4213 | /** |
4214 | * ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name - get name of association LED | |
4215 | * | |
4216 | * mac80211 creates a association LED trigger for each wireless hardware | |
4217 | * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device. | |
4218 | * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs) | |
4219 | * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device. | |
4220 | * | |
4221 | * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for | |
0ae997dc YB |
4222 | * |
4223 | * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs. | |
cdcb006f | 4224 | */ |
f5c4ae07 | 4225 | static inline const char *ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw) |
47f0c502 MB |
4226 | { |
4227 | #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS | |
4228 | return __ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(hw); | |
4229 | #else | |
4230 | return NULL; | |
4231 | #endif | |
4232 | } | |
4233 | ||
cdcb006f ID |
4234 | /** |
4235 | * ieee80211_get_radio_led_name - get name of radio LED | |
4236 | * | |
4237 | * mac80211 creates a radio change LED trigger for each wireless hardware | |
4238 | * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device. | |
4239 | * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs) | |
4240 | * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device. | |
4241 | * | |
4242 | * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for | |
0ae997dc YB |
4243 | * |
4244 | * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs. | |
cdcb006f | 4245 | */ |
f5c4ae07 | 4246 | static inline const char *ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw) |
cdcb006f ID |
4247 | { |
4248 | #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS | |
4249 | return __ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(hw); | |
4250 | #else | |
4251 | return NULL; | |
4252 | #endif | |
4253 | } | |
47f0c502 | 4254 | |
e1e54068 JB |
4255 | /** |
4256 | * ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger - create throughput LED trigger | |
4257 | * @hw: the hardware to create the trigger for | |
67408c8c | 4258 | * @flags: trigger flags, see &enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags |
e1e54068 JB |
4259 | * @blink_table: the blink table -- needs to be ordered by throughput |
4260 | * @blink_table_len: size of the blink table | |
4261 | * | |
0ae997dc YB |
4262 | * Return: %NULL (in case of error, or if no LED triggers are |
4263 | * configured) or the name of the new trigger. | |
4264 | * | |
4265 | * Note: This function must be called before ieee80211_register_hw(). | |
e1e54068 | 4266 | */ |
f5c4ae07 | 4267 | static inline const char * |
67408c8c | 4268 | ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, unsigned int flags, |
e1e54068 JB |
4269 | const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table, |
4270 | unsigned int blink_table_len) | |
4271 | { | |
4272 | #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS | |
67408c8c | 4273 | return __ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(hw, flags, blink_table, |
e1e54068 JB |
4274 | blink_table_len); |
4275 | #else | |
4276 | return NULL; | |
4277 | #endif | |
4278 | } | |
4279 | ||
75a5f0cc JB |
4280 | /** |
4281 | * ieee80211_unregister_hw - Unregister a hardware device | |
4282 | * | |
4283 | * This function instructs mac80211 to free allocated resources | |
4284 | * and unregister netdevices from the networking subsystem. | |
4285 | * | |
4286 | * @hw: the hardware to unregister | |
4287 | */ | |
f0706e82 JB |
4288 | void ieee80211_unregister_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
4289 | ||
75a5f0cc JB |
4290 | /** |
4291 | * ieee80211_free_hw - free hardware descriptor | |
4292 | * | |
4293 | * This function frees everything that was allocated, including the | |
4294 | * private data for the driver. You must call ieee80211_unregister_hw() | |
6ef307bc | 4295 | * before calling this function. |
75a5f0cc JB |
4296 | * |
4297 | * @hw: the hardware to free | |
4298 | */ | |
f0706e82 JB |
4299 | void ieee80211_free_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
4300 | ||
f2753ddb JB |
4301 | /** |
4302 | * ieee80211_restart_hw - restart hardware completely | |
4303 | * | |
4304 | * Call this function when the hardware was restarted for some reason | |
4305 | * (hardware error, ...) and the driver is unable to restore its state | |
4306 | * by itself. mac80211 assumes that at this point the driver/hardware | |
4307 | * is completely uninitialised and stopped, it starts the process by | |
4308 | * calling the ->start() operation. The driver will need to reset all | |
4309 | * internal state that it has prior to calling this function. | |
4310 | * | |
4311 | * @hw: the hardware to restart | |
4312 | */ | |
4313 | void ieee80211_restart_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | |
4314 | ||
06d181a8 | 4315 | /** |
af9f9b22 | 4316 | * ieee80211_rx_napi - receive frame from NAPI context |
4e6cbfd0 | 4317 | * |
af9f9b22 JB |
4318 | * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive |
4319 | * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a | |
4320 | * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211 | |
4321 | * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory | |
4322 | * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack. | |
4323 | * | |
4324 | * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function | |
4325 | * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to | |
4326 | * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be | |
4327 | * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with | |
4328 | * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni(). | |
4329 | * | |
4330 | * This function must be called with BHs disabled. | |
4331 | * | |
4332 | * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on | |
d63b548f | 4333 | * @sta: the station the frame was received from, or %NULL |
af9f9b22 JB |
4334 | * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call |
4335 | * @napi: the NAPI context | |
4e6cbfd0 | 4336 | */ |
d63b548f JB |
4337 | void ieee80211_rx_napi(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
4338 | struct sk_buff *skb, struct napi_struct *napi); | |
4e6cbfd0 | 4339 | |
75a5f0cc JB |
4340 | /** |
4341 | * ieee80211_rx - receive frame | |
4342 | * | |
4343 | * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive | |
e3cf8b3f ZY |
4344 | * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a |
4345 | * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211 | |
4346 | * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory | |
4347 | * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack. | |
75a5f0cc | 4348 | * |
2485f710 | 4349 | * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function |
e36e49f7 KV |
4350 | * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to |
4351 | * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be | |
f6b3d85f FF |
4352 | * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with |
4353 | * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni(). | |
75a5f0cc | 4354 | * |
e36e49f7 | 4355 | * In process context use instead ieee80211_rx_ni(). |
d20ef63d | 4356 | * |
75a5f0cc JB |
4357 | * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on |
4358 | * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call | |
75a5f0cc | 4359 | */ |
af9f9b22 JB |
4360 | static inline void ieee80211_rx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb) |
4361 | { | |
d63b548f | 4362 | ieee80211_rx_napi(hw, NULL, skb, NULL); |
af9f9b22 | 4363 | } |
75a5f0cc JB |
4364 | |
4365 | /** | |
4366 | * ieee80211_rx_irqsafe - receive frame | |
4367 | * | |
4368 | * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in IRQ context | |
2485f710 JB |
4369 | * (internally defers to a tasklet.) |
4370 | * | |
e36e49f7 | 4371 | * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni() may not |
f6b3d85f FF |
4372 | * be mixed for a single hardware.Must not run concurrently with |
4373 | * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni(). | |
75a5f0cc JB |
4374 | * |
4375 | * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on | |
4376 | * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call | |
75a5f0cc | 4377 | */ |
f1d58c25 | 4378 | void ieee80211_rx_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb); |
f0706e82 | 4379 | |
e36e49f7 KV |
4380 | /** |
4381 | * ieee80211_rx_ni - receive frame (in process context) | |
4382 | * | |
4383 | * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in process context | |
4384 | * (internally disables bottom halves). | |
4385 | * | |
4386 | * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may | |
f6b3d85f FF |
4387 | * not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with |
4388 | * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni(). | |
e36e49f7 KV |
4389 | * |
4390 | * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on | |
4391 | * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call | |
4392 | */ | |
4393 | static inline void ieee80211_rx_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
4394 | struct sk_buff *skb) | |
4395 | { | |
4396 | local_bh_disable(); | |
4397 | ieee80211_rx(hw, skb); | |
4398 | local_bh_enable(); | |
4399 | } | |
4400 | ||
d057e5a3 AN |
4401 | /** |
4402 | * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition - PS transition for connected sta | |
4403 | * | |
4404 | * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS | |
4405 | * flag set, use this function to inform mac80211 about a connected station | |
4406 | * entering/leaving PS mode. | |
4407 | * | |
4408 | * This function may not be called in IRQ context or with softirqs enabled. | |
4409 | * | |
4410 | * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized against | |
4411 | * each other. | |
4412 | * | |
d057e5a3 AN |
4413 | * @sta: currently connected sta |
4414 | * @start: start or stop PS | |
0ae997dc YB |
4415 | * |
4416 | * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL when the requested PS mode is already set. | |
d057e5a3 AN |
4417 | */ |
4418 | int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool start); | |
4419 | ||
4420 | /** | |
4421 | * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni - PS transition for connected sta | |
4422 | * (in process context) | |
4423 | * | |
4424 | * Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() but can be called in process context | |
4425 | * (internally disables bottom halves). Concurrent call restriction still | |
4426 | * applies. | |
4427 | * | |
4428 | * @sta: currently connected sta | |
4429 | * @start: start or stop PS | |
0ae997dc YB |
4430 | * |
4431 | * Return: Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(). | |
d057e5a3 AN |
4432 | */ |
4433 | static inline int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | |
4434 | bool start) | |
4435 | { | |
4436 | int ret; | |
4437 | ||
4438 | local_bh_disable(); | |
4439 | ret = ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(sta, start); | |
4440 | local_bh_enable(); | |
4441 | ||
4442 | return ret; | |
4443 | } | |
4444 | ||
46fa38e8 JB |
4445 | /** |
4446 | * ieee80211_sta_pspoll - PS-Poll frame received | |
4447 | * @sta: currently connected station | |
4448 | * | |
4449 | * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set, | |
4450 | * use this function to inform mac80211 that a PS-Poll frame from a | |
4451 | * connected station was received. | |
4452 | * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() | |
4453 | * and possibly ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(); calls to all three must | |
4454 | * be serialized. | |
4455 | */ | |
4456 | void ieee80211_sta_pspoll(struct ieee80211_sta *sta); | |
4457 | ||
4458 | /** | |
4459 | * ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger - (potential) U-APSD trigger frame received | |
4460 | * @sta: currently connected station | |
4461 | * @tid: TID of the received (potential) trigger frame | |
4462 | * | |
4463 | * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set, | |
4464 | * use this function to inform mac80211 that a (potential) trigger frame | |
4465 | * from a connected station was received. | |
4466 | * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() | |
4467 | * and possibly ieee80211_sta_pspoll(); calls to all three must be | |
4468 | * serialized. | |
0aa419ec EG |
4469 | * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS can be passed as the tid if the tid is unknown. |
4470 | * In this case, mac80211 will not check that this tid maps to an AC | |
4471 | * that is trigger enabled and assume that the caller did the proper | |
4472 | * checks. | |
46fa38e8 JB |
4473 | */ |
4474 | void ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid); | |
4475 | ||
d24deb25 GW |
4476 | /* |
4477 | * The TX headroom reserved by mac80211 for its own tx_status functions. | |
4478 | * This is enough for the radiotap header. | |
4479 | */ | |
651b9920 | 4480 | #define IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_HEADROOM ALIGN(14, 4) |
d24deb25 | 4481 | |
dcf55fb5 | 4482 | /** |
042ec453 | 4483 | * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered - inform mac80211 about driver-buffered frames |
bdfbe804 | 4484 | * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer for the sleeping station |
042ec453 JB |
4485 | * @tid: the TID that has buffered frames |
4486 | * @buffered: indicates whether or not frames are buffered for this TID | |
dcf55fb5 FF |
4487 | * |
4488 | * If a driver buffers frames for a powersave station instead of passing | |
042ec453 JB |
4489 | * them back to mac80211 for retransmission, the station may still need |
4490 | * to be told that there are buffered frames via the TIM bit. | |
4491 | * | |
4492 | * This function informs mac80211 whether or not there are frames that are | |
4493 | * buffered in the driver for a given TID; mac80211 can then use this data | |
4494 | * to set the TIM bit (NOTE: This may call back into the driver's set_tim | |
4495 | * call! Beware of the locking!) | |
4496 | * | |
4497 | * If all frames are released to the station (due to PS-poll or uAPSD) | |
4498 | * then the driver needs to inform mac80211 that there no longer are | |
4499 | * frames buffered. However, when the station wakes up mac80211 assumes | |
4500 | * that all buffered frames will be transmitted and clears this data, | |
4501 | * drivers need to make sure they inform mac80211 about all buffered | |
4502 | * frames on the sleep transition (sta_notify() with %STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP). | |
4503 | * | |
4504 | * Note that technically mac80211 only needs to know this per AC, not per | |
4505 | * TID, but since driver buffering will inevitably happen per TID (since | |
4506 | * it is related to aggregation) it is easier to make mac80211 map the | |
4507 | * TID to the AC as required instead of keeping track in all drivers that | |
4508 | * use this API. | |
4509 | */ | |
4510 | void ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | |
4511 | u8 tid, bool buffered); | |
dcf55fb5 | 4512 | |
0d528d85 FF |
4513 | /** |
4514 | * ieee80211_get_tx_rates - get the selected transmit rates for a packet | |
4515 | * | |
4516 | * Call this function in a driver with per-packet rate selection support | |
4517 | * to combine the rate info in the packet tx info with the most recent | |
4518 | * rate selection table for the station entry. | |
4519 | * | |
4520 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | |
4521 | * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent. | |
4522 | * @skb: the frame to be transmitted. | |
4523 | * @dest: buffer for extracted rate/retry information | |
4524 | * @max_rates: maximum number of rates to fetch | |
4525 | */ | |
4526 | void ieee80211_get_tx_rates(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4527 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | |
4528 | struct sk_buff *skb, | |
4529 | struct ieee80211_tx_rate *dest, | |
4530 | int max_rates); | |
4531 | ||
484a54c2 THJ |
4532 | /** |
4533 | * ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput - set the expected tpt for a station | |
4534 | * | |
4535 | * Call this function to notify mac80211 about a change in expected throughput | |
4536 | * to a station. A driver for a device that does rate control in firmware can | |
4537 | * call this function when the expected throughput estimate towards a station | |
4538 | * changes. The information is used to tune the CoDel AQM applied to traffic | |
4539 | * going towards that station (which can otherwise be too aggressive and cause | |
4540 | * slow stations to starve). | |
4541 | * | |
4542 | * @pubsta: the station to set throughput for. | |
4543 | * @thr: the current expected throughput in kbps. | |
4544 | */ | |
4545 | void ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, | |
4546 | u32 thr); | |
4547 | ||
f8252e7b AK |
4548 | /** |
4549 | * ieee80211_tx_rate_update - transmit rate update callback | |
4550 | * | |
4551 | * Drivers should call this functions with a non-NULL pub sta | |
4552 | * This function can be used in drivers that does not have provision | |
4553 | * in updating the tx rate in data path. | |
4554 | * | |
4555 | * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by | |
4556 | * @pubsta: the station to update the tx rate for. | |
4557 | * @info: tx status information | |
4558 | */ | |
4559 | void ieee80211_tx_rate_update(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
4560 | struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, | |
4561 | struct ieee80211_tx_info *info); | |
4562 | ||
75a5f0cc JB |
4563 | /** |
4564 | * ieee80211_tx_status - transmit status callback | |
4565 | * | |
4566 | * Call this function for all transmitted frames after they have been | |
4567 | * transmitted. It is permissible to not call this function for | |
4568 | * multicast frames but this can affect statistics. | |
4569 | * | |
2485f710 JB |
4570 | * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function |
4571 | * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls | |
20ed3166 | 4572 | * to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni() and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() |
f6b3d85f FF |
4573 | * may not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with |
4574 | * ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni(). | |
2485f710 | 4575 | * |
75a5f0cc JB |
4576 | * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by |
4577 | * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call | |
75a5f0cc | 4578 | */ |
f0706e82 | 4579 | void ieee80211_tx_status(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
e039fa4a | 4580 | struct sk_buff *skb); |
2485f710 | 4581 | |
5fe49a9d FF |
4582 | /** |
4583 | * ieee80211_tx_status_ext - extended transmit status callback | |
4584 | * | |
4585 | * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status | |
4586 | * in drivers that may want to provide extra information that does not | |
4587 | * fit into &struct ieee80211_tx_info. | |
4588 | * | |
4589 | * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized | |
4590 | * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni() | |
4591 | * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware. | |
4592 | * | |
4593 | * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by | |
4594 | * @status: tx status information | |
4595 | */ | |
4596 | void ieee80211_tx_status_ext(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
4597 | struct ieee80211_tx_status *status); | |
4598 | ||
f027c2ac FF |
4599 | /** |
4600 | * ieee80211_tx_status_noskb - transmit status callback without skb | |
4601 | * | |
4602 | * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status | |
4603 | * in drivers that cannot reliably map tx status information back to | |
4604 | * specific skbs. | |
4605 | * | |
4606 | * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized | |
4607 | * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni() | |
4608 | * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware. | |
4609 | * | |
4610 | * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by | |
4611 | * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent | |
4612 | * (NULL for multicast packets) | |
4613 | * @info: tx status information | |
4614 | */ | |
5fe49a9d FF |
4615 | static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_noskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4616 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | |
4617 | struct ieee80211_tx_info *info) | |
4618 | { | |
4619 | struct ieee80211_tx_status status = { | |
4620 | .sta = sta, | |
4621 | .info = info, | |
4622 | }; | |
4623 | ||
4624 | ieee80211_tx_status_ext(hw, &status); | |
4625 | } | |
f027c2ac | 4626 | |
20ed3166 JS |
4627 | /** |
4628 | * ieee80211_tx_status_ni - transmit status callback (in process context) | |
4629 | * | |
4630 | * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in process context. | |
4631 | * | |
4632 | * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and | |
4633 | * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed | |
4634 | * for a single hardware. | |
4635 | * | |
4636 | * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by | |
4637 | * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call | |
4638 | */ | |
4639 | static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
4640 | struct sk_buff *skb) | |
4641 | { | |
4642 | local_bh_disable(); | |
4643 | ieee80211_tx_status(hw, skb); | |
4644 | local_bh_enable(); | |
4645 | } | |
4646 | ||
2485f710 | 4647 | /** |
6ef307bc | 4648 | * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe - IRQ-safe transmit status callback |
2485f710 JB |
4649 | * |
4650 | * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in IRQ context | |
4651 | * (internally defers to a tasklet.) | |
4652 | * | |
20ed3166 JS |
4653 | * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and |
4654 | * ieee80211_tx_status_ni() may not be mixed for a single hardware. | |
2485f710 JB |
4655 | * |
4656 | * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by | |
4657 | * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call | |
2485f710 | 4658 | */ |
f0706e82 | 4659 | void ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
e039fa4a | 4660 | struct sk_buff *skb); |
f0706e82 | 4661 | |
8178d38b AN |
4662 | /** |
4663 | * ieee80211_report_low_ack - report non-responding station | |
4664 | * | |
4665 | * When operating in AP-mode, call this function to report a non-responding | |
4666 | * connected STA. | |
4667 | * | |
4668 | * @sta: the non-responding connected sta | |
4669 | * @num_packets: number of packets sent to @sta without a response | |
4670 | */ | |
4671 | void ieee80211_report_low_ack(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u32 num_packets); | |
4672 | ||
1af586c9 AO |
4673 | #define IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM 2 |
4674 | ||
6ec8c332 AO |
4675 | /** |
4676 | * struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets - mutable beacon offsets | |
4677 | * @tim_offset: position of TIM element | |
4678 | * @tim_length: size of TIM element | |
8d77ec85 LC |
4679 | * @csa_counter_offs: array of IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM offsets |
4680 | * to CSA counters. This array can contain zero values which | |
4681 | * should be ignored. | |
6ec8c332 AO |
4682 | */ |
4683 | struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets { | |
4684 | u16 tim_offset; | |
4685 | u16 tim_length; | |
1af586c9 AO |
4686 | |
4687 | u16 csa_counter_offs[IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM]; | |
6ec8c332 AO |
4688 | }; |
4689 | ||
4690 | /** | |
4691 | * ieee80211_beacon_get_template - beacon template generation function | |
4692 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | |
4693 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | |
4694 | * @offs: &struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets pointer to struct that will | |
4695 | * receive the offsets that may be updated by the driver. | |
4696 | * | |
4697 | * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to | |
4698 | * obtain the beacon template. | |
4699 | * | |
4700 | * This function should be used if the beacon frames are generated by the | |
4701 | * device, and then the driver must use the returned beacon as the template | |
1af586c9 AO |
4702 | * The driver or the device are responsible to update the DTIM and, when |
4703 | * applicable, the CSA count. | |
6ec8c332 AO |
4704 | * |
4705 | * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb. | |
4706 | * | |
4707 | * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error. | |
4708 | */ | |
4709 | struct sk_buff * | |
4710 | ieee80211_beacon_get_template(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
4711 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4712 | struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets *offs); | |
4713 | ||
f0706e82 | 4714 | /** |
eddcbb94 | 4715 | * ieee80211_beacon_get_tim - beacon generation function |
f0706e82 | 4716 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). |
1ed32e4f | 4717 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
eddcbb94 JB |
4718 | * @tim_offset: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE offset. |
4719 | * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes). | |
4720 | * @tim_length: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE length, | |
4721 | * (including the ID and length bytes!). | |
4722 | * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes). | |
4723 | * | |
4724 | * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to | |
6ec8c332 | 4725 | * obtain the beacon frame. |
f0706e82 JB |
4726 | * |
4727 | * If the beacon frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in | |
eddcbb94 | 4728 | * hardware/firmware), the driver uses this function to get each beacon |
6ec8c332 AO |
4729 | * frame from mac80211 -- it is responsible for calling this function exactly |
4730 | * once before the beacon is needed (e.g. based on hardware interrupt). | |
eddcbb94 JB |
4731 | * |
4732 | * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb. | |
0ae997dc YB |
4733 | * |
4734 | * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error. | |
eddcbb94 JB |
4735 | */ |
4736 | struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
4737 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4738 | u16 *tim_offset, u16 *tim_length); | |
4739 | ||
4740 | /** | |
4741 | * ieee80211_beacon_get - beacon generation function | |
4742 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | |
1ed32e4f | 4743 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
eddcbb94 JB |
4744 | * |
4745 | * See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(). | |
0ae997dc YB |
4746 | * |
4747 | * Return: See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(). | |
f0706e82 | 4748 | */ |
eddcbb94 JB |
4749 | static inline struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4750 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif) | |
4751 | { | |
4752 | return ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(hw, vif, NULL, NULL); | |
4753 | } | |
f0706e82 | 4754 | |
1af586c9 AO |
4755 | /** |
4756 | * ieee80211_csa_update_counter - request mac80211 to decrement the csa counter | |
4757 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | |
4758 | * | |
4759 | * The csa counter should be updated after each beacon transmission. | |
4760 | * This function is called implicitly when | |
4761 | * ieee80211_beacon_get/ieee80211_beacon_get_tim are called, however if the | |
4762 | * beacon frames are generated by the device, the driver should call this | |
4763 | * function after each beacon transmission to sync mac80211's csa counters. | |
4764 | * | |
4765 | * Return: new csa counter value | |
4766 | */ | |
4767 | u8 ieee80211_csa_update_counter(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | |
4768 | ||
03737001 GG |
4769 | /** |
4770 | * ieee80211_csa_set_counter - request mac80211 to set csa counter | |
4771 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | |
4772 | * @counter: the new value for the counter | |
4773 | * | |
4774 | * The csa counter can be changed by the device, this API should be | |
4775 | * used by the device driver to update csa counter in mac80211. | |
4776 | * | |
4777 | * It should never be used together with ieee80211_csa_update_counter(), | |
4778 | * as it will cause a race condition around the counter value. | |
4779 | */ | |
4780 | void ieee80211_csa_set_counter(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 counter); | |
4781 | ||
73da7d5b SW |
4782 | /** |
4783 | * ieee80211_csa_finish - notify mac80211 about channel switch | |
4784 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | |
4785 | * | |
4786 | * After a channel switch announcement was scheduled and the counter in this | |
66e01cf9 | 4787 | * announcement hits 1, this function must be called by the driver to |
73da7d5b SW |
4788 | * notify mac80211 that the channel can be changed. |
4789 | */ | |
4790 | void ieee80211_csa_finish(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | |
4791 | ||
4792 | /** | |
66e01cf9 | 4793 | * ieee80211_csa_is_complete - find out if counters reached 1 |
73da7d5b SW |
4794 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
4795 | * | |
4796 | * This function returns whether the channel switch counters reached zero. | |
4797 | */ | |
4798 | bool ieee80211_csa_is_complete(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | |
4799 | ||
4800 | ||
02945821 AN |
4801 | /** |
4802 | * ieee80211_proberesp_get - retrieve a Probe Response template | |
4803 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | |
4804 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | |
4805 | * | |
4806 | * Creates a Probe Response template which can, for example, be uploaded to | |
4807 | * hardware. The destination address should be set by the caller. | |
4808 | * | |
4809 | * Can only be called in AP mode. | |
0ae997dc YB |
4810 | * |
4811 | * Return: The Probe Response template. %NULL on error. | |
02945821 AN |
4812 | */ |
4813 | struct sk_buff *ieee80211_proberesp_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
4814 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | |
4815 | ||
7044cc56 KV |
4816 | /** |
4817 | * ieee80211_pspoll_get - retrieve a PS Poll template | |
4818 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | |
4819 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | |
4820 | * | |
4821 | * Creates a PS Poll a template which can, for example, uploaded to | |
4822 | * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct | |
4823 | * AID, BSSID and MAC address is used. | |
4824 | * | |
4825 | * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the | |
4826 | * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit. | |
0ae997dc YB |
4827 | * |
4828 | * Return: The PS Poll template. %NULL on error. | |
7044cc56 KV |
4829 | */ |
4830 | struct sk_buff *ieee80211_pspoll_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
4831 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | |
4832 | ||
4833 | /** | |
4834 | * ieee80211_nullfunc_get - retrieve a nullfunc template | |
4835 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | |
4836 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | |
7b6ddeaf JB |
4837 | * @qos_ok: QoS NDP is acceptable to the caller, this should be set |
4838 | * if at all possible | |
7044cc56 KV |
4839 | * |
4840 | * Creates a Nullfunc template which can, for example, uploaded to | |
4841 | * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct | |
4842 | * BSSID and address is used. | |
4843 | * | |
7b6ddeaf JB |
4844 | * If @qos_ndp is set and the association is to an AP with QoS/WMM, the |
4845 | * returned packet will be QoS NDP. | |
4846 | * | |
7044cc56 KV |
4847 | * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the |
4848 | * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit as well as Duration and Sequence Control fields. | |
0ae997dc YB |
4849 | * |
4850 | * Return: The nullfunc template. %NULL on error. | |
7044cc56 KV |
4851 | */ |
4852 | struct sk_buff *ieee80211_nullfunc_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
7b6ddeaf JB |
4853 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
4854 | bool qos_ok); | |
7044cc56 | 4855 | |
05e54ea6 KV |
4856 | /** |
4857 | * ieee80211_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template | |
4858 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | |
a344d677 | 4859 | * @src_addr: source MAC address |
05e54ea6 KV |
4860 | * @ssid: SSID buffer |
4861 | * @ssid_len: length of SSID | |
b9a9ada1 | 4862 | * @tailroom: tailroom to reserve at end of SKB for IEs |
05e54ea6 KV |
4863 | * |
4864 | * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to | |
4865 | * hardware. | |
0ae997dc YB |
4866 | * |
4867 | * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error. | |
05e54ea6 KV |
4868 | */ |
4869 | struct sk_buff *ieee80211_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
a344d677 | 4870 | const u8 *src_addr, |
05e54ea6 | 4871 | const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, |
b9a9ada1 | 4872 | size_t tailroom); |
05e54ea6 | 4873 | |
f0706e82 JB |
4874 | /** |
4875 | * ieee80211_rts_get - RTS frame generation function | |
4876 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | |
1ed32e4f | 4877 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
f0706e82 JB |
4878 | * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS. |
4879 | * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets). | |
e039fa4a | 4880 | * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame. |
f0706e82 JB |
4881 | * @rts: The buffer where to store the RTS frame. |
4882 | * | |
4883 | * If the RTS frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in | |
4884 | * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive | |
4885 | * the next RTS frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible | |
4886 | * for calling this function before and RTS frame is needed. | |
4887 | */ | |
32bfd35d | 4888 | void ieee80211_rts_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
f0706e82 | 4889 | const void *frame, size_t frame_len, |
e039fa4a | 4890 | const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl, |
f0706e82 JB |
4891 | struct ieee80211_rts *rts); |
4892 | ||
4893 | /** | |
4894 | * ieee80211_rts_duration - Get the duration field for an RTS frame | |
4895 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | |
1ed32e4f | 4896 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
f0706e82 | 4897 | * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS. |
e039fa4a | 4898 | * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame. |
f0706e82 JB |
4899 | * |
4900 | * If the RTS is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide | |
4901 | * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive | |
4902 | * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder. | |
0ae997dc YB |
4903 | * |
4904 | * Return: The duration. | |
f0706e82 | 4905 | */ |
32bfd35d JB |
4906 | __le16 ieee80211_rts_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4907 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, size_t frame_len, | |
e039fa4a | 4908 | const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl); |
f0706e82 JB |
4909 | |
4910 | /** | |
4911 | * ieee80211_ctstoself_get - CTS-to-self frame generation function | |
4912 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | |
1ed32e4f | 4913 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
f0706e82 JB |
4914 | * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self. |
4915 | * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets). | |
e039fa4a | 4916 | * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame. |
f0706e82 JB |
4917 | * @cts: The buffer where to store the CTS-to-self frame. |
4918 | * | |
4919 | * If the CTS-to-self frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in | |
4920 | * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive | |
4921 | * the next CTS-to-self frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible | |
4922 | * for calling this function before and CTS-to-self frame is needed. | |
4923 | */ | |
32bfd35d JB |
4924 | void ieee80211_ctstoself_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4925 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
f0706e82 | 4926 | const void *frame, size_t frame_len, |
e039fa4a | 4927 | const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl, |
f0706e82 JB |
4928 | struct ieee80211_cts *cts); |
4929 | ||
4930 | /** | |
4931 | * ieee80211_ctstoself_duration - Get the duration field for a CTS-to-self frame | |
4932 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | |
1ed32e4f | 4933 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
f0706e82 | 4934 | * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self. |
e039fa4a | 4935 | * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame. |
f0706e82 JB |
4936 | * |
4937 | * If the CTS-to-self is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide | |
4938 | * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive | |
4939 | * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder. | |
0ae997dc YB |
4940 | * |
4941 | * Return: The duration. | |
f0706e82 | 4942 | */ |
32bfd35d JB |
4943 | __le16 ieee80211_ctstoself_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4944 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
f0706e82 | 4945 | size_t frame_len, |
e039fa4a | 4946 | const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl); |
f0706e82 JB |
4947 | |
4948 | /** | |
4949 | * ieee80211_generic_frame_duration - Calculate the duration field for a frame | |
4950 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | |
1ed32e4f | 4951 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
d13e1414 | 4952 | * @band: the band to calculate the frame duration on |
f0706e82 | 4953 | * @frame_len: the length of the frame. |
8318d78a | 4954 | * @rate: the rate at which the frame is going to be transmitted. |
f0706e82 JB |
4955 | * |
4956 | * Calculate the duration field of some generic frame, given its | |
4957 | * length and transmission rate (in 100kbps). | |
0ae997dc YB |
4958 | * |
4959 | * Return: The duration. | |
f0706e82 | 4960 | */ |
32bfd35d JB |
4961 | __le16 ieee80211_generic_frame_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4962 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
57fbcce3 | 4963 | enum nl80211_band band, |
f0706e82 | 4964 | size_t frame_len, |
8318d78a | 4965 | struct ieee80211_rate *rate); |
f0706e82 JB |
4966 | |
4967 | /** | |
4968 | * ieee80211_get_buffered_bc - accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames | |
4969 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | |
1ed32e4f | 4970 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
f0706e82 JB |
4971 | * |
4972 | * Function for accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames. If | |
4973 | * hardware/firmware does not implement buffering of broadcast/multicast | |
4974 | * frames when power saving is used, 802.11 code buffers them in the host | |
4975 | * memory. The low-level driver uses this function to fetch next buffered | |
0ae997dc YB |
4976 | * frame. In most cases, this is used when generating beacon frame. |
4977 | * | |
4978 | * Return: A pointer to the next buffered skb or NULL if no more buffered | |
4979 | * frames are available. | |
f0706e82 JB |
4980 | * |
4981 | * Note: buffered frames are returned only after DTIM beacon frame was | |
4982 | * generated with ieee80211_beacon_get() and the low-level driver must thus | |
4983 | * call ieee80211_beacon_get() first. ieee80211_get_buffered_bc() returns | |
4984 | * NULL if the previous generated beacon was not DTIM, so the low-level driver | |
4985 | * does not need to check for DTIM beacons separately and should be able to | |
4986 | * use common code for all beacons. | |
4987 | */ | |
4988 | struct sk_buff * | |
e039fa4a | 4989 | ieee80211_get_buffered_bc(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
f0706e82 | 4990 | |
42d98795 JB |
4991 | /** |
4992 | * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv - get a TKIP phase 1 key for IV32 | |
4993 | * | |
4994 | * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32. | |
4995 | * | |
4996 | * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key | |
4997 | * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for | |
4998 | * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values | |
4999 | */ | |
5000 | void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, | |
5001 | u32 iv32, u16 *p1k); | |
5002 | ||
5d2cdcd4 | 5003 | /** |
523b02ea JB |
5004 | * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key |
5005 | * | |
5006 | * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the IV32 taken | |
5007 | * from the given packet. | |
5008 | * | |
5009 | * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key | |
5010 | * @skb: the packet to take the IV32 value from that will be encrypted | |
5011 | * with this P1K | |
5012 | * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values | |
5013 | */ | |
42d98795 JB |
5014 | static inline void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, |
5015 | struct sk_buff *skb, u16 *p1k) | |
5016 | { | |
5017 | struct ieee80211_hdr *hdr = (struct ieee80211_hdr *)skb->data; | |
5018 | const u8 *data = (u8 *)hdr + ieee80211_hdrlen(hdr->frame_control); | |
5019 | u32 iv32 = get_unaligned_le32(&data[4]); | |
5020 | ||
5021 | ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(keyconf, iv32, p1k); | |
5022 | } | |
523b02ea | 5023 | |
8bca5d81 JB |
5024 | /** |
5025 | * ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key for RX | |
5026 | * | |
5027 | * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32 | |
5028 | * and transmitter address. | |
5029 | * | |
5030 | * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key | |
5031 | * @ta: TA that will be used with the key | |
5032 | * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for | |
5033 | * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values | |
5034 | */ | |
5035 | void ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, | |
5036 | const u8 *ta, u32 iv32, u16 *p1k); | |
5037 | ||
523b02ea JB |
5038 | /** |
5039 | * ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k - get a TKIP phase 2 key | |
5d2cdcd4 | 5040 | * |
523b02ea JB |
5041 | * This function computes the TKIP RC4 key for the IV values |
5042 | * in the packet. | |
5d2cdcd4 EG |
5043 | * |
5044 | * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key | |
523b02ea JB |
5045 | * @skb: the packet to take the IV32/IV16 values from that will be |
5046 | * encrypted with this key | |
5047 | * @p2k: a buffer to which the key will be written, 16 bytes | |
5d2cdcd4 | 5048 | */ |
523b02ea JB |
5049 | void ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, |
5050 | struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *p2k); | |
c68f4b89 | 5051 | |
f8079d43 EP |
5052 | /** |
5053 | * ieee80211_tkip_add_iv - write TKIP IV and Ext. IV to pos | |
5054 | * | |
5055 | * @pos: start of crypto header | |
5056 | * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key | |
5057 | * @pn: PN to add | |
5058 | * | |
5059 | * Returns: pointer to the octet following IVs (i.e. beginning of | |
5060 | * the packet payload) | |
5061 | * | |
5062 | * This function writes the tkip IV value to pos (which should | |
5063 | * point to the crypto header) | |
5064 | */ | |
5065 | u8 *ieee80211_tkip_add_iv(u8 *pos, struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, u64 pn); | |
5066 | ||
3ea542d3 JB |
5067 | /** |
5068 | * ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq - get key RX sequence counter | |
5069 | * | |
5070 | * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key | |
00b9cfa3 | 5071 | * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only); |
3ea542d3 JB |
5072 | * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For |
5073 | * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid. | |
5074 | * @seq: buffer to receive the sequence data | |
5075 | * | |
5076 | * This function allows a driver to retrieve the current RX IV/PNs | |
5077 | * for the given key. It must not be called if IV checking is done | |
5078 | * by the device and not by mac80211. | |
5079 | * | |
5080 | * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing | |
5081 | * can be done concurrently. | |
5082 | */ | |
5083 | void ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, | |
5084 | int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq); | |
5085 | ||
27b3eb9c JB |
5086 | /** |
5087 | * ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq - set key RX sequence counter | |
5088 | * | |
5089 | * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key | |
00b9cfa3 | 5090 | * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only); |
27b3eb9c JB |
5091 | * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For |
5092 | * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid. | |
5093 | * @seq: new sequence data | |
5094 | * | |
5095 | * This function allows a driver to set the current RX IV/PNs for the | |
5096 | * given key. This is useful when resuming from WoWLAN sleep and GTK | |
5097 | * rekey may have been done while suspended. It should not be called | |
5098 | * if IV checking is done by the device and not by mac80211. | |
5099 | * | |
5100 | * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing | |
5101 | * can be done concurrently. | |
5102 | */ | |
5103 | void ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, | |
5104 | int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq); | |
5105 | ||
5106 | /** | |
5107 | * ieee80211_remove_key - remove the given key | |
5108 | * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key | |
5109 | * | |
5110 | * Remove the given key. If the key was uploaded to the hardware at the | |
5111 | * time this function is called, it is not deleted in the hardware but | |
5112 | * instead assumed to have been removed already. | |
5113 | * | |
5114 | * Note that due to locking considerations this function can (currently) | |
5115 | * only be called during key iteration (ieee80211_iter_keys().) | |
5116 | */ | |
5117 | void ieee80211_remove_key(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf); | |
5118 | ||
5119 | /** | |
5120 | * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add - add a GTK key from rekeying during WoWLAN | |
5121 | * @vif: the virtual interface to add the key on | |
5122 | * @keyconf: new key data | |
5123 | * | |
5124 | * When GTK rekeying was done while the system was suspended, (a) new | |
5125 | * key(s) will be available. These will be needed by mac80211 for proper | |
5126 | * RX processing, so this function allows setting them. | |
5127 | * | |
5128 | * The function returns the newly allocated key structure, which will | |
5129 | * have similar contents to the passed key configuration but point to | |
5130 | * mac80211-owned memory. In case of errors, the function returns an | |
5131 | * ERR_PTR(), use IS_ERR() etc. | |
5132 | * | |
5133 | * Note that this function assumes the key isn't added to hardware | |
5134 | * acceleration, so no TX will be done with the key. Since it's a GTK | |
5135 | * on managed (station) networks, this is true anyway. If the driver | |
5136 | * calls this function from the resume callback and subsequently uses | |
5137 | * the return code 1 to reconfigure the device, this key will be part | |
5138 | * of the reconfiguration. | |
5139 | * | |
5140 | * Note that the driver should also call ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq() | |
5141 | * for the new key for each TID to set up sequence counters properly. | |
5142 | * | |
5143 | * IMPORTANT: If this replaces a key that is present in the hardware, | |
5144 | * then it will attempt to remove it during this call. In many cases | |
5145 | * this isn't what you want, so call ieee80211_remove_key() first for | |
5146 | * the key that's being replaced. | |
5147 | */ | |
5148 | struct ieee80211_key_conf * | |
5149 | ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
5150 | struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf); | |
5151 | ||
c68f4b89 JB |
5152 | /** |
5153 | * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace supplicant of rekeying | |
5154 | * @vif: virtual interface the rekeying was done on | |
5155 | * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP, for checking association | |
5156 | * @replay_ctr: the new replay counter after GTK rekeying | |
5157 | * @gfp: allocation flags | |
5158 | */ | |
5159 | void ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *bssid, | |
5160 | const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); | |
5161 | ||
f0706e82 JB |
5162 | /** |
5163 | * ieee80211_wake_queue - wake specific queue | |
5164 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | |
5165 | * @queue: queue number (counted from zero). | |
5166 | * | |
5167 | * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue. | |
5168 | */ | |
5169 | void ieee80211_wake_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue); | |
5170 | ||
5171 | /** | |
5172 | * ieee80211_stop_queue - stop specific queue | |
5173 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | |
5174 | * @queue: queue number (counted from zero). | |
5175 | * | |
5176 | * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue. | |
5177 | */ | |
5178 | void ieee80211_stop_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue); | |
5179 | ||
92ab8535 TW |
5180 | /** |
5181 | * ieee80211_queue_stopped - test status of the queue | |
5182 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | |
5183 | * @queue: queue number (counted from zero). | |
5184 | * | |
5185 | * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue. | |
0ae997dc YB |
5186 | * |
5187 | * Return: %true if the queue is stopped. %false otherwise. | |
92ab8535 TW |
5188 | */ |
5189 | ||
5190 | int ieee80211_queue_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue); | |
5191 | ||
f0706e82 JB |
5192 | /** |
5193 | * ieee80211_stop_queues - stop all queues | |
5194 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | |
5195 | * | |
5196 | * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue. | |
5197 | */ | |
5198 | void ieee80211_stop_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | |
5199 | ||
5200 | /** | |
5201 | * ieee80211_wake_queues - wake all queues | |
5202 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | |
5203 | * | |
5204 | * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue. | |
5205 | */ | |
5206 | void ieee80211_wake_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | |
5207 | ||
75a5f0cc JB |
5208 | /** |
5209 | * ieee80211_scan_completed - completed hardware scan | |
5210 | * | |
5211 | * When hardware scan offload is used (i.e. the hw_scan() callback is | |
5212 | * assigned) this function needs to be called by the driver to notify | |
8789d459 JB |
5213 | * mac80211 that the scan finished. This function can be called from |
5214 | * any context, including hardirq context. | |
75a5f0cc JB |
5215 | * |
5216 | * @hw: the hardware that finished the scan | |
7947d3e0 | 5217 | * @info: information about the completed scan |
75a5f0cc | 5218 | */ |
7947d3e0 AS |
5219 | void ieee80211_scan_completed(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
5220 | struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); | |
f0706e82 | 5221 | |
79f460ca LC |
5222 | /** |
5223 | * ieee80211_sched_scan_results - got results from scheduled scan | |
5224 | * | |
5225 | * When a scheduled scan is running, this function needs to be called by the | |
5226 | * driver whenever there are new scan results available. | |
5227 | * | |
5228 | * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans | |
5229 | */ | |
5230 | void ieee80211_sched_scan_results(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | |
5231 | ||
5232 | /** | |
5233 | * ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped - inform that the scheduled scan has stopped | |
5234 | * | |
5235 | * When a scheduled scan is running, this function can be called by | |
5236 | * the driver if it needs to stop the scan to perform another task. | |
5237 | * Usual scenarios are drivers that cannot continue the scheduled scan | |
5238 | * while associating, for instance. | |
5239 | * | |
5240 | * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans | |
5241 | */ | |
5242 | void ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | |
5243 | ||
8b2c9824 JB |
5244 | /** |
5245 | * enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags - interface iteration flags | |
5246 | * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL: Iterate over all interfaces that have | |
5247 | * been added to the driver; However, note that during hardware | |
5248 | * reconfiguration (after restart_hw) it will iterate over a new | |
5249 | * interface and over all the existing interfaces even if they | |
5250 | * haven't been re-added to the driver yet. | |
5251 | * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL: During resume, iterate over all | |
5252 | * interfaces, even if they haven't been re-added to the driver yet. | |
3384d757 | 5253 | * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE: Iterate only active interfaces (netdev is up). |
8b2c9824 JB |
5254 | */ |
5255 | enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags { | |
5256 | IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL = 0, | |
5257 | IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL = BIT(0), | |
3384d757 | 5258 | IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE = BIT(1), |
8b2c9824 JB |
5259 | }; |
5260 | ||
3384d757 AN |
5261 | /** |
5262 | * ieee80211_iterate_interfaces - iterate interfaces | |
5263 | * | |
5264 | * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given | |
5265 | * hardware and calls the callback for them. This includes active as well as | |
5266 | * inactive interfaces. This function allows the iterator function to sleep. | |
5267 | * Will iterate over a new interface during add_interface(). | |
5268 | * | |
5269 | * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over | |
5270 | * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags | |
5271 | * @iterator: the iterator function to call | |
5272 | * @data: first argument of the iterator function | |
5273 | */ | |
5274 | void ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags, | |
5275 | void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac, | |
5276 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif), | |
5277 | void *data); | |
5278 | ||
dabeb344 | 5279 | /** |
6ef307bc | 5280 | * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces - iterate active interfaces |
dabeb344 JB |
5281 | * |
5282 | * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given | |
5283 | * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them. | |
2f561feb ID |
5284 | * This function allows the iterator function to sleep, when the iterator |
5285 | * function is atomic @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic can | |
5286 | * be used. | |
8b2c9824 | 5287 | * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface(). |
dabeb344 JB |
5288 | * |
5289 | * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over | |
8b2c9824 | 5290 | * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags |
2f561feb | 5291 | * @iterator: the iterator function to call |
dabeb344 JB |
5292 | * @data: first argument of the iterator function |
5293 | */ | |
3384d757 AN |
5294 | static inline void |
5295 | ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags, | |
5296 | void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac, | |
5297 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif), | |
5298 | void *data) | |
5299 | { | |
5300 | ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(hw, | |
5301 | iter_flags | IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE, | |
5302 | iterator, data); | |
5303 | } | |
dabeb344 | 5304 | |
2f561feb ID |
5305 | /** |
5306 | * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic - iterate active interfaces | |
5307 | * | |
5308 | * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given | |
5309 | * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them. | |
5310 | * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic, | |
5311 | * if that is not desired, use @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces instead. | |
8b2c9824 | 5312 | * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface(). |
2f561feb ID |
5313 | * |
5314 | * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over | |
8b2c9824 | 5315 | * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags |
2f561feb ID |
5316 | * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep |
5317 | * @data: first argument of the iterator function | |
5318 | */ | |
5319 | void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
8b2c9824 | 5320 | u32 iter_flags, |
2f561feb ID |
5321 | void (*iterator)(void *data, |
5322 | u8 *mac, | |
5323 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif), | |
5324 | void *data); | |
5325 | ||
c7c71066 JB |
5326 | /** |
5327 | * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl - iterate active interfaces | |
5328 | * | |
5329 | * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given | |
5330 | * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them. | |
5331 | * This version can only be used while holding the RTNL. | |
5332 | * | |
5333 | * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over | |
5334 | * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags | |
5335 | * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep | |
5336 | * @data: first argument of the iterator function | |
5337 | */ | |
5338 | void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
5339 | u32 iter_flags, | |
5340 | void (*iterator)(void *data, | |
5341 | u8 *mac, | |
5342 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif), | |
5343 | void *data); | |
5344 | ||
0fc1e049 AN |
5345 | /** |
5346 | * ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic - iterate stations | |
5347 | * | |
5348 | * This function iterates over all stations associated with a given | |
5349 | * hardware that are currently uploaded to the driver and calls the callback | |
5350 | * function for them. | |
5351 | * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic, | |
5352 | * | |
5353 | * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over | |
5354 | * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep | |
5355 | * @data: first argument of the iterator function | |
5356 | */ | |
5357 | void ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
5358 | void (*iterator)(void *data, | |
5359 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta), | |
5360 | void *data); | |
42935eca LR |
5361 | /** |
5362 | * ieee80211_queue_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue | |
5363 | * | |
5364 | * Drivers and mac80211 use this to add work onto the mac80211 workqueue. | |
5365 | * This helper ensures drivers are not queueing work when they should not be. | |
5366 | * | |
5367 | * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for | |
5368 | * @work: the work we want to add onto the mac80211 workqueue | |
5369 | */ | |
5370 | void ieee80211_queue_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct work_struct *work); | |
5371 | ||
5372 | /** | |
5373 | * ieee80211_queue_delayed_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue | |
5374 | * | |
5375 | * Drivers and mac80211 use this to queue delayed work onto the mac80211 | |
5376 | * workqueue. | |
5377 | * | |
5378 | * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for | |
5379 | * @dwork: delayable work to queue onto the mac80211 workqueue | |
5380 | * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing | |
5381 | */ | |
5382 | void ieee80211_queue_delayed_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
5383 | struct delayed_work *dwork, | |
5384 | unsigned long delay); | |
5385 | ||
0df3ef45 RR |
5386 | /** |
5387 | * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session - Start a tx Block Ack session. | |
c951ad35 | 5388 | * @sta: the station for which to start a BA session |
0df3ef45 | 5389 | * @tid: the TID to BA on. |
bd2ce6e4 | 5390 | * @timeout: session timeout value (in TUs) |
ea2d8b59 RD |
5391 | * |
5392 | * Return: success if addBA request was sent, failure otherwise | |
0df3ef45 RR |
5393 | * |
5394 | * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate | |
5395 | * the need to start aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level | |
5396 | * will be managed by the mac80211. | |
5397 | */ | |
bd2ce6e4 SM |
5398 | int ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid, |
5399 | u16 timeout); | |
0df3ef45 | 5400 | |
0df3ef45 RR |
5401 | /** |
5402 | * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to aggregate. | |
1ed32e4f | 5403 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback |
0df3ef45 RR |
5404 | * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient. |
5405 | * @tid: the TID to BA on. | |
5406 | * | |
5407 | * This function must be called by low level driver once it has | |
5d22c89b JB |
5408 | * finished with preparations for the BA session. It can be called |
5409 | * from any context. | |
0df3ef45 | 5410 | */ |
c951ad35 | 5411 | void ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra, |
0df3ef45 RR |
5412 | u16 tid); |
5413 | ||
5414 | /** | |
5415 | * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session - Stop a Block Ack session. | |
c951ad35 | 5416 | * @sta: the station whose BA session to stop |
0df3ef45 | 5417 | * @tid: the TID to stop BA. |
ea2d8b59 | 5418 | * |
6a8579d0 | 5419 | * Return: negative error if the TID is invalid, or no aggregation active |
0df3ef45 RR |
5420 | * |
5421 | * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate | |
5422 | * the need to stop aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level | |
5423 | * will be managed by the mac80211. | |
5424 | */ | |
6a8579d0 | 5425 | int ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid); |
0df3ef45 | 5426 | |
0df3ef45 RR |
5427 | /** |
5428 | * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to stop aggregate. | |
1ed32e4f | 5429 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback |
0df3ef45 RR |
5430 | * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient. |
5431 | * @tid: the desired TID to BA on. | |
5432 | * | |
5433 | * This function must be called by low level driver once it has | |
5d22c89b JB |
5434 | * finished with preparations for the BA session tear down. It |
5435 | * can be called from any context. | |
0df3ef45 | 5436 | */ |
c951ad35 | 5437 | void ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra, |
0df3ef45 RR |
5438 | u16 tid); |
5439 | ||
17741cdc JB |
5440 | /** |
5441 | * ieee80211_find_sta - find a station | |
5442 | * | |
5ed176e1 | 5443 | * @vif: virtual interface to look for station on |
17741cdc JB |
5444 | * @addr: station's address |
5445 | * | |
0ae997dc YB |
5446 | * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise. |
5447 | * | |
5448 | * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the | |
17741cdc JB |
5449 | * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well. |
5450 | */ | |
5ed176e1 | 5451 | struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
17741cdc JB |
5452 | const u8 *addr); |
5453 | ||
5ed176e1 | 5454 | /** |
686b9cb9 | 5455 | * ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr - find a station on hardware |
5ed176e1 JB |
5456 | * |
5457 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() | |
686b9cb9 BG |
5458 | * @addr: remote station's address |
5459 | * @localaddr: local address (vif->sdata->vif.addr). Use NULL for 'any'. | |
5ed176e1 | 5460 | * |
0ae997dc YB |
5461 | * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise. |
5462 | * | |
5463 | * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the | |
5ed176e1 JB |
5464 | * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well. |
5465 | * | |
686b9cb9 BG |
5466 | * NOTE: You may pass NULL for localaddr, but then you will just get |
5467 | * the first STA that matches the remote address 'addr'. | |
5468 | * We can have multiple STA associated with multiple | |
5469 | * logical stations (e.g. consider a station connecting to another | |
5470 | * BSSID on the same AP hardware without disconnecting first). | |
5471 | * In this case, the result of this method with localaddr NULL | |
5472 | * is not reliable. | |
5ed176e1 | 5473 | * |
686b9cb9 | 5474 | * DO NOT USE THIS FUNCTION with localaddr NULL if at all possible. |
5ed176e1 | 5475 | */ |
686b9cb9 BG |
5476 | struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
5477 | const u8 *addr, | |
5478 | const u8 *localaddr); | |
5ed176e1 | 5479 | |
af818581 JB |
5480 | /** |
5481 | * ieee80211_sta_block_awake - block station from waking up | |
5482 | * @hw: the hardware | |
5483 | * @pubsta: the station | |
5484 | * @block: whether to block or unblock | |
5485 | * | |
5486 | * Some devices require that all frames that are on the queues | |
5487 | * for a specific station that went to sleep are flushed before | |
5488 | * a poll response or frames after the station woke up can be | |
5489 | * delivered to that it. Note that such frames must be rejected | |
5490 | * by the driver as filtered, with the appropriate status flag. | |
5491 | * | |
5492 | * This function allows implementing this mode in a race-free | |
5493 | * manner. | |
5494 | * | |
5495 | * To do this, a driver must keep track of the number of frames | |
5496 | * still enqueued for a specific station. If this number is not | |
5497 | * zero when the station goes to sleep, the driver must call | |
5498 | * this function to force mac80211 to consider the station to | |
5499 | * be asleep regardless of the station's actual state. Once the | |
5500 | * number of outstanding frames reaches zero, the driver must | |
5501 | * call this function again to unblock the station. That will | |
5502 | * cause mac80211 to be able to send ps-poll responses, and if | |
5503 | * the station queried in the meantime then frames will also | |
5504 | * be sent out as a result of this. Additionally, the driver | |
5505 | * will be notified that the station woke up some time after | |
5506 | * it is unblocked, regardless of whether the station actually | |
5507 | * woke up while blocked or not. | |
5508 | */ | |
5509 | void ieee80211_sta_block_awake(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
5510 | struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, bool block); | |
5511 | ||
37fbd908 JB |
5512 | /** |
5513 | * ieee80211_sta_eosp - notify mac80211 about end of SP | |
5514 | * @pubsta: the station | |
5515 | * | |
5516 | * When a device transmits frames in a way that it can't tell | |
5517 | * mac80211 in the TX status about the EOSP, it must clear the | |
5518 | * %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP bit and call this function instead. | |
5519 | * This applies for PS-Poll as well as uAPSD. | |
5520 | * | |
e943789e JB |
5521 | * Note that just like with _tx_status() and _rx() drivers must |
5522 | * not mix calls to irqsafe/non-irqsafe versions, this function | |
5523 | * must not be mixed with those either. Use the all irqsafe, or | |
5524 | * all non-irqsafe, don't mix! | |
5525 | * | |
5526 | * NB: the _irqsafe version of this function doesn't exist, no | |
5527 | * driver needs it right now. Don't call this function if | |
5528 | * you'd need the _irqsafe version, look at the git history | |
5529 | * and restore the _irqsafe version! | |
37fbd908 | 5530 | */ |
e943789e | 5531 | void ieee80211_sta_eosp(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta); |
37fbd908 | 5532 | |
0ead2510 EG |
5533 | /** |
5534 | * ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc - ask mac80211 to send NDP with EOSP | |
5535 | * @pubsta: the station | |
5536 | * @tid: the tid of the NDP | |
5537 | * | |
5538 | * Sometimes the device understands that it needs to close | |
5539 | * the Service Period unexpectedly. This can happen when | |
5540 | * sending frames that are filling holes in the BA window. | |
5541 | * In this case, the device can ask mac80211 to send a | |
5542 | * Nullfunc frame with EOSP set. When that happens, the | |
5543 | * driver must have called ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() to | |
5544 | * let mac80211 know that there are no buffered frames any | |
5545 | * more, otherwise mac80211 will get the more_data bit wrong. | |
5546 | * The low level driver must have made sure that the frame | |
5547 | * will be sent despite the station being in power-save. | |
5548 | * Mac80211 won't call allow_buffered_frames(). | |
5549 | * Note that calling this function, doesn't exempt the driver | |
5550 | * from closing the EOSP properly, it will still have to call | |
5551 | * ieee80211_sta_eosp when the NDP is sent. | |
5552 | */ | |
5553 | void ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, int tid); | |
5554 | ||
b4809e94 THJ |
5555 | /** |
5556 | * ieee80211_sta_register_airtime - register airtime usage for a sta/tid | |
5557 | * | |
5558 | * Register airtime usage for a given sta on a given tid. The driver can call | |
5559 | * this function to notify mac80211 that a station used a certain amount of | |
5560 | * airtime. This information will be used by the TXQ scheduler to schedule | |
5561 | * stations in a way that ensures airtime fairness. | |
5562 | * | |
5563 | * The reported airtime should as a minimum include all time that is spent | |
5564 | * transmitting to the remote station, including overhead and padding, but not | |
5565 | * including time spent waiting for a TXOP. If the time is not reported by the | |
5566 | * hardware it can in some cases be calculated from the rate and known frame | |
5567 | * composition. When possible, the time should include any failed transmission | |
5568 | * attempts. | |
5569 | * | |
5570 | * The driver can either call this function synchronously for every packet or | |
5571 | * aggregate, or asynchronously as airtime usage information becomes available. | |
5572 | * TX and RX airtime can be reported together, or separately by setting one of | |
5573 | * them to 0. | |
5574 | * | |
5575 | * @pubsta: the station | |
5576 | * @tid: the TID to register airtime for | |
5577 | * @tx_airtime: airtime used during TX (in usec) | |
5578 | * @rx_airtime: airtime used during RX (in usec) | |
5579 | */ | |
5580 | void ieee80211_sta_register_airtime(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid, | |
5581 | u32 tx_airtime, u32 rx_airtime); | |
5582 | ||
3ace10f5 KY |
5583 | /** |
5584 | * ieee80211_txq_airtime_check - check if a txq can send frame to device | |
5585 | * | |
5586 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() | |
5587 | * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface | |
5588 | * | |
5589 | * Return true if the AQL's airtime limit has not been reached and the txq can | |
5590 | * continue to send more packets to the device. Otherwise return false. | |
5591 | */ | |
5592 | bool | |
5593 | ieee80211_txq_airtime_check(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq); | |
5594 | ||
830af02f JB |
5595 | /** |
5596 | * ieee80211_iter_keys - iterate keys programmed into the device | |
5597 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() | |
5598 | * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all | |
5599 | * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key | |
5600 | * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function | |
5601 | * | |
5602 | * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to | |
5603 | * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into | |
5604 | * the device. This is intended for use in WoWLAN if the device | |
5605 | * needs reprogramming of the keys during suspend. Note that due | |
5606 | * to locking reasons, it is also only safe to call this at few | |
5607 | * spots since it must hold the RTNL and be able to sleep. | |
f850e00f JB |
5608 | * |
5609 | * The order in which the keys are iterated matches the order | |
5610 | * in which they were originally installed and handed to the | |
5611 | * set_key callback. | |
830af02f JB |
5612 | */ |
5613 | void ieee80211_iter_keys(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
5614 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
5615 | void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
5616 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
5617 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | |
5618 | struct ieee80211_key_conf *key, | |
5619 | void *data), | |
5620 | void *iter_data); | |
5621 | ||
ef044763 EP |
5622 | /** |
5623 | * ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu - iterate keys programmed into the device | |
5624 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() | |
5625 | * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all | |
5626 | * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key | |
5627 | * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function | |
5628 | * | |
5629 | * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to | |
5630 | * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into | |
5631 | * the device. Note that due to locking reasons, keys of station | |
5632 | * in removal process will be skipped. | |
5633 | * | |
5634 | * This function requires being called in an RCU critical section, | |
5635 | * and thus iter must be atomic. | |
5636 | */ | |
5637 | void ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
5638 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
5639 | void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
5640 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
5641 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | |
5642 | struct ieee80211_key_conf *key, | |
5643 | void *data), | |
5644 | void *iter_data); | |
5645 | ||
3448c005 JB |
5646 | /** |
5647 | * ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic - iterate channel contexts | |
ae4a50ee | 5648 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). |
3448c005 JB |
5649 | * @iter: iterator function |
5650 | * @iter_data: data passed to iterator function | |
5651 | * | |
5652 | * Iterate all active channel contexts. This function is atomic and | |
5653 | * doesn't acquire any locks internally that might be held in other | |
5654 | * places while calling into the driver. | |
5655 | * | |
5656 | * The iterator will not find a context that's being added (during | |
5657 | * the driver callback to add it) but will find it while it's being | |
5658 | * removed. | |
8a61af65 JB |
5659 | * |
5660 | * Note that during hardware restart, all contexts that existed | |
5661 | * before the restart are considered already present so will be | |
5662 | * found while iterating, whether they've been re-added already | |
5663 | * or not. | |
3448c005 JB |
5664 | */ |
5665 | void ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic( | |
5666 | struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
5667 | void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
5668 | struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *chanctx_conf, | |
5669 | void *data), | |
5670 | void *iter_data); | |
5671 | ||
a619a4c0 JO |
5672 | /** |
5673 | * ieee80211_ap_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template | |
5674 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | |
5675 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | |
5676 | * | |
5677 | * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to | |
5678 | * hardware. The template is filled with bssid, ssid and supported rate | |
5679 | * information. This function must only be called from within the | |
5680 | * .bss_info_changed callback function and only in managed mode. The function | |
5681 | * is only useful when the interface is associated, otherwise it will return | |
0ae997dc YB |
5682 | * %NULL. |
5683 | * | |
5684 | * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error. | |
a619a4c0 JO |
5685 | */ |
5686 | struct sk_buff *ieee80211_ap_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
5687 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | |
5688 | ||
04de8381 KV |
5689 | /** |
5690 | * ieee80211_beacon_loss - inform hardware does not receive beacons | |
5691 | * | |
1ed32e4f | 5692 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
04de8381 | 5693 | * |
c1288b12 | 5694 | * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER and |
1e4dcd01 | 5695 | * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set, the driver needs to inform whenever the |
04de8381 KV |
5696 | * hardware is not receiving beacons with this function. |
5697 | */ | |
5698 | void ieee80211_beacon_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | |
4b7679a5 | 5699 | |
1e4dcd01 JO |
5700 | /** |
5701 | * ieee80211_connection_loss - inform hardware has lost connection to the AP | |
5702 | * | |
5703 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | |
5704 | * | |
c1288b12 | 5705 | * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER, and |
1e4dcd01 JO |
5706 | * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS and %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR are set, the driver |
5707 | * needs to inform if the connection to the AP has been lost. | |
682bd38b JB |
5708 | * The function may also be called if the connection needs to be terminated |
5709 | * for some other reason, even if %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR isn't set. | |
1e4dcd01 JO |
5710 | * |
5711 | * This function will cause immediate change to disassociated state, | |
5712 | * without connection recovery attempts. | |
5713 | */ | |
5714 | void ieee80211_connection_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | |
5715 | ||
95acac61 JB |
5716 | /** |
5717 | * ieee80211_resume_disconnect - disconnect from AP after resume | |
5718 | * | |
5719 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | |
5720 | * | |
5721 | * Instructs mac80211 to disconnect from the AP after resume. | |
5722 | * Drivers can use this after WoWLAN if they know that the | |
5723 | * connection cannot be kept up, for example because keys were | |
5724 | * used while the device was asleep but the replay counters or | |
5725 | * similar cannot be retrieved from the device during resume. | |
5726 | * | |
5727 | * Note that due to implementation issues, if the driver uses | |
5728 | * the reconfiguration functionality during resume the interface | |
5729 | * will still be added as associated first during resume and then | |
5730 | * disconnect normally later. | |
5731 | * | |
5732 | * This function can only be called from the resume callback and | |
5733 | * the driver must not be holding any of its own locks while it | |
5734 | * calls this function, or at least not any locks it needs in the | |
5735 | * key configuration paths (if it supports HW crypto). | |
5736 | */ | |
5737 | void ieee80211_resume_disconnect(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | |
f90754c1 | 5738 | |
a97c13c3 JO |
5739 | /** |
5740 | * ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify - inform a configured connection quality monitoring | |
5741 | * rssi threshold triggered | |
5742 | * | |
5743 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | |
5744 | * @rssi_event: the RSSI trigger event type | |
769f07d8 | 5745 | * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available |
a97c13c3 JO |
5746 | * @gfp: context flags |
5747 | * | |
ea086359 | 5748 | * When the %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI is set, and a connection quality |
a97c13c3 JO |
5749 | * monitoring is configured with an rssi threshold, the driver will inform |
5750 | * whenever the rssi level reaches the threshold. | |
5751 | */ | |
5752 | void ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
5753 | enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, | |
769f07d8 | 5754 | s32 rssi_level, |
a97c13c3 JO |
5755 | gfp_t gfp); |
5756 | ||
98f03342 JB |
5757 | /** |
5758 | * ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - inform CQM of beacon loss | |
5759 | * | |
5760 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | |
5761 | * @gfp: context flags | |
5762 | */ | |
5763 | void ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, gfp_t gfp); | |
5764 | ||
164eb02d SW |
5765 | /** |
5766 | * ieee80211_radar_detected - inform that a radar was detected | |
5767 | * | |
5768 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() | |
5769 | */ | |
5770 | void ieee80211_radar_detected(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | |
5771 | ||
5ce6e438 JB |
5772 | /** |
5773 | * ieee80211_chswitch_done - Complete channel switch process | |
5774 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | |
5775 | * @success: make the channel switch successful or not | |
5776 | * | |
5777 | * Complete the channel switch post-process: set the new operational channel | |
5778 | * and wake up the suspended queues. | |
5779 | */ | |
5780 | void ieee80211_chswitch_done(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool success); | |
5781 | ||
d1f5b7a3 JB |
5782 | /** |
5783 | * ieee80211_request_smps - request SM PS transition | |
5784 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | |
633dd1ea | 5785 | * @smps_mode: new SM PS mode |
d1f5b7a3 JB |
5786 | * |
5787 | * This allows the driver to request an SM PS transition in managed | |
5788 | * mode. This is useful when the driver has more information than | |
5789 | * the stack about possible interference, for example by bluetooth. | |
5790 | */ | |
5791 | void ieee80211_request_smps(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
5792 | enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode); | |
5793 | ||
21f83589 JB |
5794 | /** |
5795 | * ieee80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain-on-channel start | |
5796 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() | |
5797 | */ | |
5798 | void ieee80211_ready_on_channel(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | |
5799 | ||
5800 | /** | |
5801 | * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired | |
5802 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() | |
5803 | */ | |
5804 | void ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | |
5805 | ||
f41ccd71 SL |
5806 | /** |
5807 | * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session - callback to stop existing BA sessions | |
5808 | * | |
5809 | * in order not to harm the system performance and user experience, the device | |
5810 | * may request not to allow any rx ba session and tear down existing rx ba | |
5811 | * sessions based on system constraints such as periodic BT activity that needs | |
5812 | * to limit wlan activity (eg.sco or a2dp)." | |
5813 | * in such cases, the intention is to limit the duration of the rx ppdu and | |
5814 | * therefore prevent the peer device to use a-mpdu aggregation. | |
5815 | * | |
5816 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | |
5817 | * @ba_rx_bitmap: Bit map of open rx ba per tid | |
5818 | * @addr: & to bssid mac address | |
5819 | */ | |
5820 | void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ba_rx_bitmap, | |
5821 | const u8 *addr); | |
5822 | ||
06470f74 SS |
5823 | /** |
5824 | * ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames - move RX BA window and mark filtered | |
5825 | * @pubsta: station struct | |
5826 | * @tid: the session's TID | |
5827 | * @ssn: starting sequence number of the bitmap, all frames before this are | |
5828 | * assumed to be out of the window after the call | |
5829 | * @filtered: bitmap of filtered frames, BIT(0) is the @ssn entry etc. | |
5830 | * @received_mpdus: number of received mpdus in firmware | |
5831 | * | |
5832 | * This function moves the BA window and releases all frames before @ssn, and | |
5833 | * marks frames marked in the bitmap as having been filtered. Afterwards, it | |
5834 | * checks if any frames in the window starting from @ssn can now be released | |
5835 | * (in case they were only waiting for frames that were filtered.) | |
5836 | */ | |
5837 | void ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid, | |
5838 | u16 ssn, u64 filtered, | |
5839 | u16 received_mpdus); | |
5840 | ||
8c771244 FF |
5841 | /** |
5842 | * ieee80211_send_bar - send a BlockAckReq frame | |
5843 | * | |
5844 | * can be used to flush pending frames from the peer's aggregation reorder | |
5845 | * buffer. | |
5846 | * | |
5847 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | |
5848 | * @ra: the peer's destination address | |
5849 | * @tid: the TID of the aggregation session | |
5850 | * @ssn: the new starting sequence number for the receiver | |
5851 | */ | |
5852 | void ieee80211_send_bar(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 *ra, u16 tid, u16 ssn); | |
5853 | ||
1272c5d8 LC |
5854 | /** |
5855 | * ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl - helper to queue an RX BA work | |
5856 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback | |
5857 | * @addr: station mac address | |
5858 | * @tid: the rx tid | |
5859 | */ | |
699cb58c | 5860 | void ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *addr, |
1272c5d8 | 5861 | unsigned int tid); |
699cb58c | 5862 | |
08cf42e8 MK |
5863 | /** |
5864 | * ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl - start a Rx BA session | |
5865 | * | |
5866 | * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including | |
5867 | * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx | |
5868 | * reordering. | |
5869 | * | |
5870 | * Create structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here | |
5871 | * when they complete AddBa negotiation. | |
5872 | * | |
5873 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback | |
5874 | * @addr: station mac address | |
5875 | * @tid: the rx tid | |
5876 | */ | |
699cb58c JB |
5877 | static inline void ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
5878 | const u8 *addr, u16 tid) | |
5879 | { | |
5880 | if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS)) | |
5881 | return; | |
5882 | ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid); | |
5883 | } | |
08cf42e8 MK |
5884 | |
5885 | /** | |
5886 | * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl - stop a Rx BA session | |
5887 | * | |
5888 | * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including | |
5889 | * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx | |
5890 | * reordering. | |
5891 | * | |
5892 | * Destroy structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here | |
5893 | * when they complete DelBa negotiation. | |
5894 | * | |
5895 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback | |
5896 | * @addr: station mac address | |
5897 | * @tid: the rx tid | |
5898 | */ | |
699cb58c JB |
5899 | static inline void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
5900 | const u8 *addr, u16 tid) | |
5901 | { | |
5902 | if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS)) | |
5903 | return; | |
5904 | ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid + IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS); | |
5905 | } | |
08cf42e8 | 5906 | |
04c2cf34 NG |
5907 | /** |
5908 | * ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired - stop a Rx BA session due to timeout | |
5909 | * | |
5910 | * Some device drivers do not offload AddBa/DelBa negotiation, but handle rx | |
5911 | * buffer reording internally, and therefore also handle the session timer. | |
5912 | * | |
5913 | * Trigger the timeout flow, which sends a DelBa. | |
5914 | * | |
5915 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback | |
5916 | * @addr: station mac address | |
5917 | * @tid: the rx tid | |
5918 | */ | |
5919 | void ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
5920 | const u8 *addr, unsigned int tid); | |
5921 | ||
4b7679a5 | 5922 | /* Rate control API */ |
e6a9854b | 5923 | |
4b7679a5 | 5924 | /** |
e6a9854b JB |
5925 | * struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control - rate control information for/from RC algo |
5926 | * | |
5927 | * @hw: The hardware the algorithm is invoked for. | |
5928 | * @sband: The band this frame is being transmitted on. | |
5929 | * @bss_conf: the current BSS configuration | |
f44d4eb5 SW |
5930 | * @skb: the skb that will be transmitted, the control information in it needs |
5931 | * to be filled in | |
e6a9854b JB |
5932 | * @reported_rate: The rate control algorithm can fill this in to indicate |
5933 | * which rate should be reported to userspace as the current rate and | |
5934 | * used for rate calculations in the mesh network. | |
5935 | * @rts: whether RTS will be used for this frame because it is longer than the | |
5936 | * RTS threshold | |
5937 | * @short_preamble: whether mac80211 will request short-preamble transmission | |
5938 | * if the selected rate supports it | |
f44d4eb5 | 5939 | * @rate_idx_mask: user-requested (legacy) rate mask |
2ffbe6d3 | 5940 | * @rate_idx_mcs_mask: user-requested MCS rate mask (NULL if not in use) |
8f0729b1 | 5941 | * @bss: whether this frame is sent out in AP or IBSS mode |
e6a9854b JB |
5942 | */ |
5943 | struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control { | |
5944 | struct ieee80211_hw *hw; | |
5945 | struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband; | |
5946 | struct ieee80211_bss_conf *bss_conf; | |
5947 | struct sk_buff *skb; | |
5948 | struct ieee80211_tx_rate reported_rate; | |
5949 | bool rts, short_preamble; | |
37eb0b16 | 5950 | u32 rate_idx_mask; |
2ffbe6d3 | 5951 | u8 *rate_idx_mcs_mask; |
8f0729b1 | 5952 | bool bss; |
4b7679a5 JB |
5953 | }; |
5954 | ||
09b4a4fa JB |
5955 | /** |
5956 | * enum rate_control_capabilities - rate control capabilities | |
5957 | */ | |
5958 | enum rate_control_capabilities { | |
5959 | /** | |
5960 | * @RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW: | |
5961 | * Support for extended NSS BW support (dot11VHTExtendedNSSCapable) | |
5962 | * Note that this is only looked at if the minimum number of chains | |
5963 | * that the AP uses is < the number of TX chains the hardware has, | |
5964 | * otherwise the NSS difference doesn't bother us. | |
5965 | */ | |
5966 | RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW = BIT(0), | |
5967 | }; | |
5968 | ||
4b7679a5 | 5969 | struct rate_control_ops { |
09b4a4fa | 5970 | unsigned long capa; |
4b7679a5 JB |
5971 | const char *name; |
5972 | void *(*alloc)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct dentry *debugfsdir); | |
4b7679a5 JB |
5973 | void (*free)(void *priv); |
5974 | ||
5975 | void *(*alloc_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, gfp_t gfp); | |
5976 | void (*rate_init)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, | |
3de805cf | 5977 | struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, |
4b7679a5 | 5978 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta); |
81cb7623 | 5979 | void (*rate_update)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, |
3de805cf | 5980 | struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, |
64f68e5d JB |
5981 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta, |
5982 | u32 changed); | |
4b7679a5 JB |
5983 | void (*free_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
5984 | void *priv_sta); | |
5985 | ||
18fb84d9 FF |
5986 | void (*tx_status_ext)(void *priv, |
5987 | struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, | |
5988 | void *priv_sta, struct ieee80211_tx_status *st); | |
4b7679a5 JB |
5989 | void (*tx_status)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, |
5990 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta, | |
5991 | struct sk_buff *skb); | |
e6a9854b JB |
5992 | void (*get_rate)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta, |
5993 | struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc); | |
4b7679a5 JB |
5994 | |
5995 | void (*add_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta, | |
5996 | struct dentry *dir); | |
cca674d4 AQ |
5997 | |
5998 | u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(void *priv_sta); | |
4b7679a5 JB |
5999 | }; |
6000 | ||
6001 | static inline int rate_supported(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | |
57fbcce3 | 6002 | enum nl80211_band band, |
4b7679a5 JB |
6003 | int index) |
6004 | { | |
6005 | return (sta == NULL || sta->supp_rates[band] & BIT(index)); | |
6006 | } | |
6007 | ||
6008 | static inline s8 | |
6009 | rate_lowest_index(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, | |
6010 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta) | |
6011 | { | |
6012 | int i; | |
6013 | ||
6014 | for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++) | |
6015 | if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i)) | |
6016 | return i; | |
6017 | ||
6018 | /* warn when we cannot find a rate. */ | |
54d5026e | 6019 | WARN_ON_ONCE(1); |
4b7679a5 | 6020 | |
54d5026e | 6021 | /* and return 0 (the lowest index) */ |
4b7679a5 JB |
6022 | return 0; |
6023 | } | |
6024 | ||
b770b43e LR |
6025 | static inline |
6026 | bool rate_usable_index_exists(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, | |
6027 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta) | |
6028 | { | |
6029 | unsigned int i; | |
6030 | ||
6031 | for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++) | |
6032 | if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i)) | |
6033 | return true; | |
6034 | return false; | |
6035 | } | |
4b7679a5 | 6036 | |
0d528d85 FF |
6037 | /** |
6038 | * rate_control_set_rates - pass the sta rate selection to mac80211/driver | |
6039 | * | |
6040 | * When not doing a rate control probe to test rates, rate control should pass | |
6041 | * its rate selection to mac80211. If the driver supports receiving a station | |
6042 | * rate table, it will use it to ensure that frames are always sent based on | |
6043 | * the most recent rate control module decision. | |
6044 | * | |
6045 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() | |
6046 | * @pubsta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination. | |
6047 | * @rates: new tx rate set to be used for this station. | |
6048 | */ | |
6049 | int rate_control_set_rates(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
6050 | struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, | |
6051 | struct ieee80211_sta_rates *rates); | |
6052 | ||
631ad703 JB |
6053 | int ieee80211_rate_control_register(const struct rate_control_ops *ops); |
6054 | void ieee80211_rate_control_unregister(const struct rate_control_ops *ops); | |
4b7679a5 | 6055 | |
10c806b3 LR |
6056 | static inline bool |
6057 | conf_is_ht20(struct ieee80211_conf *conf) | |
6058 | { | |
675a0b04 | 6059 | return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20; |
10c806b3 LR |
6060 | } |
6061 | ||
6062 | static inline bool | |
6063 | conf_is_ht40_minus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf) | |
6064 | { | |
675a0b04 KB |
6065 | return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 && |
6066 | conf->chandef.center_freq1 < conf->chandef.chan->center_freq; | |
10c806b3 LR |
6067 | } |
6068 | ||
6069 | static inline bool | |
6070 | conf_is_ht40_plus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf) | |
6071 | { | |
675a0b04 KB |
6072 | return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 && |
6073 | conf->chandef.center_freq1 > conf->chandef.chan->center_freq; | |
10c806b3 LR |
6074 | } |
6075 | ||
6076 | static inline bool | |
6077 | conf_is_ht40(struct ieee80211_conf *conf) | |
6078 | { | |
675a0b04 | 6079 | return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40; |
10c806b3 LR |
6080 | } |
6081 | ||
6082 | static inline bool | |
6083 | conf_is_ht(struct ieee80211_conf *conf) | |
6084 | { | |
041f607d RL |
6085 | return (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5) && |
6086 | (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10) && | |
6087 | (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT); | |
10c806b3 LR |
6088 | } |
6089 | ||
2ca27bcf JB |
6090 | static inline enum nl80211_iftype |
6091 | ieee80211_iftype_p2p(enum nl80211_iftype type, bool p2p) | |
6092 | { | |
6093 | if (p2p) { | |
6094 | switch (type) { | |
6095 | case NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: | |
6096 | return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT; | |
6097 | case NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: | |
6098 | return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO; | |
6099 | default: | |
6100 | break; | |
6101 | } | |
6102 | } | |
6103 | return type; | |
6104 | } | |
6105 | ||
6106 | static inline enum nl80211_iftype | |
6107 | ieee80211_vif_type_p2p(struct ieee80211_vif *vif) | |
6108 | { | |
6109 | return ieee80211_iftype_p2p(vif->type, vif->p2p); | |
6110 | } | |
6111 | ||
65554d07 SS |
6112 | /** |
6113 | * ieee80211_update_mu_groups - set the VHT MU-MIMO groud data | |
6114 | * | |
6115 | * @vif: the specified virtual interface | |
6116 | * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group | |
6117 | * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group | |
6118 | * | |
6119 | * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid and the position and | |
6120 | * membership data is of the correct size and are in the same byte order as the | |
6121 | * matching GroupId management frame. | |
6122 | * Calls to this function need to be serialized with RX path. | |
6123 | */ | |
6124 | void ieee80211_update_mu_groups(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
6125 | const u8 *membership, const u8 *position); | |
6126 | ||
615f7b9b MV |
6127 | void ieee80211_enable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
6128 | int rssi_min_thold, | |
6129 | int rssi_max_thold); | |
6130 | ||
6131 | void ieee80211_disable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | |
768db343 | 6132 | |
0d8a0a17 | 6133 | /** |
0ae997dc | 6134 | * ieee80211_ave_rssi - report the average RSSI for the specified interface |
0d8a0a17 WYG |
6135 | * |
6136 | * @vif: the specified virtual interface | |
6137 | * | |
0ae997dc YB |
6138 | * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid. |
6139 | * | |
6140 | * Return: The average RSSI value for the requested interface, or 0 if not | |
6141 | * applicable. | |
0d8a0a17 | 6142 | */ |
1dae27f8 WYG |
6143 | int ieee80211_ave_rssi(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
6144 | ||
cd8f7cb4 JB |
6145 | /** |
6146 | * ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report WoWLAN wakeup | |
6147 | * @vif: virtual interface | |
6148 | * @wakeup: wakeup reason(s) | |
6149 | * @gfp: allocation flags | |
6150 | * | |
6151 | * See cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(). | |
6152 | */ | |
6153 | void ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
6154 | struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, | |
6155 | gfp_t gfp); | |
6156 | ||
06be6b14 FF |
6157 | /** |
6158 | * ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb - prepare an 802.11 skb for transmission | |
6159 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() | |
6160 | * @vif: virtual interface | |
6161 | * @skb: frame to be sent from within the driver | |
6162 | * @band: the band to transmit on | |
6163 | * @sta: optional pointer to get the station to send the frame to | |
6164 | * | |
6165 | * Note: must be called under RCU lock | |
6166 | */ | |
6167 | bool ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
6168 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct sk_buff *skb, | |
6169 | int band, struct ieee80211_sta **sta); | |
6170 | ||
a7022e65 FF |
6171 | /** |
6172 | * struct ieee80211_noa_data - holds temporary data for tracking P2P NoA state | |
6173 | * | |
6174 | * @next_tsf: TSF timestamp of the next absent state change | |
6175 | * @has_next_tsf: next absent state change event pending | |
6176 | * | |
6177 | * @absent: descriptor bitmask, set if GO is currently absent | |
6178 | * | |
6179 | * private: | |
6180 | * | |
6181 | * @count: count fields from the NoA descriptors | |
6182 | * @desc: adjusted data from the NoA | |
6183 | */ | |
6184 | struct ieee80211_noa_data { | |
6185 | u32 next_tsf; | |
6186 | bool has_next_tsf; | |
6187 | ||
6188 | u8 absent; | |
6189 | ||
6190 | u8 count[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX]; | |
6191 | struct { | |
6192 | u32 start; | |
6193 | u32 duration; | |
6194 | u32 interval; | |
6195 | } desc[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX]; | |
6196 | }; | |
6197 | ||
6198 | /** | |
6199 | * ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa - initialize NoA tracking data from P2P IE | |
6200 | * | |
6201 | * @attr: P2P NoA IE | |
6202 | * @data: NoA tracking data | |
6203 | * @tsf: current TSF timestamp | |
6204 | * | |
6205 | * Return: number of successfully parsed descriptors | |
6206 | */ | |
6207 | int ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa(const struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr *attr, | |
6208 | struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf); | |
6209 | ||
6210 | /** | |
6211 | * ieee80211_update_p2p_noa - get next pending P2P GO absent state change | |
6212 | * | |
6213 | * @data: NoA tracking data | |
6214 | * @tsf: current TSF timestamp | |
6215 | */ | |
6216 | void ieee80211_update_p2p_noa(struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf); | |
6217 | ||
c887f0d3 AN |
6218 | /** |
6219 | * ieee80211_tdls_oper - request userspace to perform a TDLS operation | |
6220 | * @vif: virtual interface | |
6221 | * @peer: the peer's destination address | |
6222 | * @oper: the requested TDLS operation | |
6223 | * @reason_code: reason code for the operation, valid for TDLS teardown | |
6224 | * @gfp: allocation flags | |
6225 | * | |
6226 | * See cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(). | |
6227 | */ | |
6228 | void ieee80211_tdls_oper_request(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *peer, | |
6229 | enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, | |
6230 | u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); | |
a7f3a768 | 6231 | |
b6da911b LK |
6232 | /** |
6233 | * ieee80211_reserve_tid - request to reserve a specific TID | |
6234 | * | |
6235 | * There is sometimes a need (such as in TDLS) for blocking the driver from | |
6236 | * using a specific TID so that the FW can use it for certain operations such | |
6237 | * as sending PTI requests. To make sure that the driver doesn't use that TID, | |
6238 | * this function must be called as it flushes out packets on this TID and marks | |
6239 | * it as blocked, so that any transmit for the station on this TID will be | |
6240 | * redirected to the alternative TID in the same AC. | |
6241 | * | |
6242 | * Note that this function blocks and may call back into the driver, so it | |
6243 | * should be called without driver locks held. Also note this function should | |
6244 | * only be called from the driver's @sta_state callback. | |
6245 | * | |
6246 | * @sta: the station to reserve the TID for | |
6247 | * @tid: the TID to reserve | |
6248 | * | |
6249 | * Returns: 0 on success, else on failure | |
6250 | */ | |
6251 | int ieee80211_reserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid); | |
6252 | ||
6253 | /** | |
6254 | * ieee80211_unreserve_tid - request to unreserve a specific TID | |
6255 | * | |
6256 | * Once there is no longer any need for reserving a certain TID, this function | |
6257 | * should be called, and no longer will packets have their TID modified for | |
6258 | * preventing use of this TID in the driver. | |
6259 | * | |
6260 | * Note that this function blocks and acquires a lock, so it should be called | |
6261 | * without driver locks held. Also note this function should only be called | |
6262 | * from the driver's @sta_state callback. | |
6263 | * | |
6264 | * @sta: the station | |
6265 | * @tid: the TID to unreserve | |
6266 | */ | |
6267 | void ieee80211_unreserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid); | |
6268 | ||
ba8c3d6f FF |
6269 | /** |
6270 | * ieee80211_tx_dequeue - dequeue a packet from a software tx queue | |
6271 | * | |
6272 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() | |
18667600 THJ |
6273 | * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface, or from |
6274 | * ieee80211_next_txq() | |
ba8c3d6f FF |
6275 | * |
6276 | * Returns the skb if successful, %NULL if no frame was available. | |
fca1279f JB |
6277 | * |
6278 | * Note that this must be called in an rcu_read_lock() critical section, | |
6279 | * which can only be released after the SKB was handled. Some pointers in | |
6280 | * skb->cb, e.g. the key pointer, are protected by by RCU and thus the | |
6281 | * critical section must persist not just for the duration of this call | |
6282 | * but for the duration of the frame handling. | |
6283 | * However, also note that while in the wake_tx_queue() method, | |
6284 | * rcu_read_lock() is already held. | |
fb0e76ab ES |
6285 | * |
6286 | * softirqs must also be disabled when this function is called. | |
6287 | * In process context, use ieee80211_tx_dequeue_ni() instead. | |
ba8c3d6f FF |
6288 | */ |
6289 | struct sk_buff *ieee80211_tx_dequeue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
6290 | struct ieee80211_txq *txq); | |
f2ac7e30 | 6291 | |
fb0e76ab ES |
6292 | /** |
6293 | * ieee80211_tx_dequeue_ni - dequeue a packet from a software tx queue | |
6294 | * (in process context) | |
6295 | * | |
6296 | * Like ieee80211_tx_dequeue() but can be called in process context | |
6297 | * (internally disables bottom halves). | |
6298 | * | |
6299 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() | |
6300 | * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface, or from | |
6301 | * ieee80211_next_txq() | |
6302 | */ | |
6303 | static inline struct sk_buff *ieee80211_tx_dequeue_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
6304 | struct ieee80211_txq *txq) | |
6305 | { | |
6306 | struct sk_buff *skb; | |
6307 | ||
6308 | local_bh_disable(); | |
6309 | skb = ieee80211_tx_dequeue(hw, txq); | |
6310 | local_bh_enable(); | |
6311 | ||
6312 | return skb; | |
6313 | } | |
6314 | ||
18667600 THJ |
6315 | /** |
6316 | * ieee80211_next_txq - get next tx queue to pull packets from | |
6317 | * | |
6318 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() | |
6319 | * @ac: AC number to return packets from. | |
6320 | * | |
18667600 THJ |
6321 | * Returns the next txq if successful, %NULL if no queue is eligible. If a txq |
6322 | * is returned, it should be returned with ieee80211_return_txq() after the | |
6323 | * driver has finished scheduling it. | |
6324 | */ | |
6325 | struct ieee80211_txq *ieee80211_next_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac); | |
6326 | ||
6327 | /** | |
5b989c18 | 6328 | * ieee80211_txq_schedule_start - start new scheduling round for TXQs |
18667600 THJ |
6329 | * |
6330 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() | |
6331 | * @ac: AC number to acquire locks for | |
6332 | * | |
5b989c18 FF |
6333 | * Should be called before ieee80211_next_txq() or ieee80211_return_txq(). |
6334 | * The driver must not call multiple TXQ scheduling rounds concurrently. | |
18667600 | 6335 | */ |
5b989c18 FF |
6336 | void ieee80211_txq_schedule_start(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac); |
6337 | ||
6338 | /* (deprecated) */ | |
6339 | static inline void ieee80211_txq_schedule_end(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac) | |
6340 | { | |
6341 | } | |
18667600 | 6342 | |
2b4a6698 FF |
6343 | void __ieee80211_schedule_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
6344 | struct ieee80211_txq *txq, bool force); | |
6345 | ||
18667600 | 6346 | /** |
5b989c18 | 6347 | * ieee80211_schedule_txq - schedule a TXQ for transmission |
18667600 THJ |
6348 | * |
6349 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() | |
5b989c18 | 6350 | * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface |
18667600 | 6351 | * |
2b4a6698 FF |
6352 | * Schedules a TXQ for transmission if it is not already scheduled, |
6353 | * even if mac80211 does not have any packets buffered. | |
6354 | * | |
6355 | * The driver may call this function if it has buffered packets for | |
6356 | * this TXQ internally. | |
18667600 | 6357 | */ |
2b4a6698 FF |
6358 | static inline void |
6359 | ieee80211_schedule_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq) | |
6360 | { | |
6361 | __ieee80211_schedule_txq(hw, txq, true); | |
6362 | } | |
18667600 | 6363 | |
390298e8 | 6364 | /** |
5b989c18 | 6365 | * ieee80211_return_txq - return a TXQ previously acquired by ieee80211_next_txq() |
390298e8 THJ |
6366 | * |
6367 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() | |
6368 | * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface | |
2b4a6698 FF |
6369 | * @force: schedule txq even if mac80211 does not have any buffered packets. |
6370 | * | |
6371 | * The driver may set force=true if it has buffered packets for this TXQ | |
6372 | * internally. | |
390298e8 | 6373 | */ |
5b989c18 | 6374 | static inline void |
2b4a6698 FF |
6375 | ieee80211_return_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq, |
6376 | bool force) | |
5b989c18 | 6377 | { |
2b4a6698 | 6378 | __ieee80211_schedule_txq(hw, txq, force); |
5b989c18 | 6379 | } |
390298e8 | 6380 | |
b4809e94 THJ |
6381 | /** |
6382 | * ieee80211_txq_may_transmit - check whether TXQ is allowed to transmit | |
6383 | * | |
6384 | * This function is used to check whether given txq is allowed to transmit by | |
6385 | * the airtime scheduler, and can be used by drivers to access the airtime | |
6386 | * fairness accounting without going using the scheduling order enfored by | |
6387 | * next_txq(). | |
6388 | * | |
6389 | * Returns %true if the airtime scheduler thinks the TXQ should be allowed to | |
6390 | * transmit, and %false if it should be throttled. This function can also have | |
6391 | * the side effect of rotating the TXQ in the scheduler rotation, which will | |
6392 | * eventually bring the deficit to positive and allow the station to transmit | |
6393 | * again. | |
6394 | * | |
6395 | * The API ieee80211_txq_may_transmit() also ensures that TXQ list will be | |
ae4a50ee | 6396 | * aligned against driver's own round-robin scheduler list. i.e it rotates |
b4809e94 THJ |
6397 | * the TXQ list till it makes the requested node becomes the first entry |
6398 | * in TXQ list. Thus both the TXQ list and driver's list are in sync. If this | |
6399 | * function returns %true, the driver is expected to schedule packets | |
6400 | * for transmission, and then return the TXQ through ieee80211_return_txq(). | |
6401 | * | |
6402 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() | |
6403 | * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface | |
6404 | */ | |
6405 | bool ieee80211_txq_may_transmit(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
6406 | struct ieee80211_txq *txq); | |
6407 | ||
f2ac7e30 MK |
6408 | /** |
6409 | * ieee80211_txq_get_depth - get pending frame/byte count of given txq | |
6410 | * | |
6411 | * The values are not guaranteed to be coherent with regard to each other, i.e. | |
6412 | * txq state can change half-way of this function and the caller may end up | |
6413 | * with "new" frame_cnt and "old" byte_cnt or vice-versa. | |
6414 | * | |
6415 | * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface | |
6416 | * @frame_cnt: pointer to store frame count | |
6417 | * @byte_cnt: pointer to store byte count | |
6418 | */ | |
6419 | void ieee80211_txq_get_depth(struct ieee80211_txq *txq, | |
6420 | unsigned long *frame_cnt, | |
6421 | unsigned long *byte_cnt); | |
167e33f4 AB |
6422 | |
6423 | /** | |
6424 | * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. | |
6425 | * | |
6426 | * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function termination. | |
6427 | * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq. | |
6428 | * | |
6429 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | |
6430 | * @inst_id: the local instance id | |
6431 | * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) | |
6432 | * @gfp: allocation flags | |
6433 | */ | |
6434 | void ieee80211_nan_func_terminated(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
6435 | u8 inst_id, | |
6436 | enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, | |
6437 | gfp_t gfp); | |
92bc43bc AB |
6438 | |
6439 | /** | |
6440 | * ieee80211_nan_func_match - notify about NAN function match event. | |
6441 | * | |
6442 | * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function match. The | |
6443 | * cookie inside the match struct will be assigned by mac80211. | |
6444 | * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq. | |
6445 | * | |
6446 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | |
6447 | * @match: match event information | |
6448 | * @gfp: allocation flags | |
6449 | */ | |
6450 | void ieee80211_nan_func_match(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
6451 | struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, | |
6452 | gfp_t gfp); | |
6453 | ||
db3e1c40 THJ |
6454 | /** |
6455 | * ieee80211_calc_rx_airtime - calculate estimated transmission airtime for RX. | |
6456 | * | |
6457 | * This function calculates the estimated airtime usage of a frame based on the | |
6458 | * rate information in the RX status struct and the frame length. | |
6459 | * | |
6460 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() | |
6461 | * @status: &struct ieee80211_rx_status containing the transmission rate | |
6462 | * information. | |
6463 | * @len: frame length in bytes | |
6464 | */ | |
6465 | u32 ieee80211_calc_rx_airtime(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
6466 | struct ieee80211_rx_status *status, | |
6467 | int len); | |
6468 | ||
6469 | /** | |
6470 | * ieee80211_calc_tx_airtime - calculate estimated transmission airtime for TX. | |
6471 | * | |
6472 | * This function calculates the estimated airtime usage of a frame based on the | |
6473 | * rate information in the TX info struct and the frame length. | |
6474 | * | |
6475 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() | |
6476 | * @info: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame. | |
6477 | * @len: frame length in bytes | |
6478 | */ | |
6479 | u32 ieee80211_calc_tx_airtime(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
6480 | struct ieee80211_tx_info *info, | |
6481 | int len); | |
6482 | ||
f0706e82 | 6483 | #endif /* MAC80211_H */ |